The University of Newcastle
FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK
. CALENDAR 1988
VOLUME 7
The University of Newcastle
FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK
THE UNIVERSITY OF NEWCASTLE New South Wales
Location Address: Rankin Drive, Shortland
Postal Address: The University of Newcastle NSW. 2308
Telephone: (049) 680401
Telex: AA28194 - Library AA28618 - Bursar AA28784 - TUNRA (The U' . f N ruVerslty 0 ewcastle Research Associates Limited)
Facsimile: (049) 675833
Hours of Business: Mondays to Fridays excepting public holidays 9 am to 5 pm
Designed by: Marie-T Wisniowski
Typeset by : The Secretary's Division, The University of Newcastle
Printed by : Knight Brothers, Bryant St, Tighes Hill
The University of Newcastle Calendar consists of the following volumes:
Volume 1 _ Legislation:
Volume 2 - University Bodies and Staff:
Volume 3- Faculty of Architecture Handbook
Volume 4- Faculty of Arts Handbook
Volume 5- Faculty of Economics and Commerce Handbook
Volume 6- Faculty of Education Handbook
Volume 7- Faculty of Engineering Handbook
Volume 8- Faculty of Mathematics Handbook
Volume 9- Faculty of Medicine Handbook
Volume 10- Faculty of Science Handbook
Also available are the Undergraduate Guide and Postgraduate Prospectus
This Volume is intended as a reference handbook for students enrolling in courses conducted by the Faculty of Engineering. The colour band, Lapis Lazuli Bee ISO, on the cover is the lining colour of the hood of Bachelors of Engineering of this University.
The infonnation in this Handbook is correct as at 1 November, 1987.
ISSN 0159 - 3455
Recommended Price: Three dollars and fifty cents plus postage.
THE DEAN'S FOREWORD
On behalf of the staff of the Faculty of Engineering, I wish to extend a very warm welcome to all students - those who are entering the University and the Faculty for the first time and those who are returning to commence another year of studies. Having chosen to study in one of the fields of Engineering or in Surveying, we believe you are embarking on a professional career which is bnth challenging and stimulating. It is clear we are living in a technological age - an age which has seen a tremendous burst of scientific and technological development and which has had a marked effect on the modes and characteristics of our society. It is also clear that the future of our society is very much dependent on the solution of a number of very complex technological problems, such as those associated with the development of alternative forms of energy and the preservation of our living environment. Graduates in the various professions of Engineering and Surveying will, in their own way, be required to contribute to the solution of these problems. The role of universities in modem society is a changed one. Not only is it necessary to preserve the ideals of learning and associated fundamental research, it has become equally important for universities to become increasingly involved in the advancement of science and technology necessary for modern industrial and economic development. In this respect the role of the University Engineering Faculty in applied and industrially orientated research is an important one. The Faculty of Engineering through its research and associated projects undertaken on behalf of Australian industry, has already made a significant contribution. The Faculty of Engineering has continued to update course material to meet the current and future standards of the professions and the needs of society. To ensure that this is done effectively, it is essential to maintain a stimulating learning environ~ent, teaching and assessment methods. While the various courses provide the essential depth of study in the principal technical fields, we believe it to be of importance that students gain some breadth in their educational experience. In the various degree programmes the opportunity exists for students to take some subjects in other Faculties. The rationale for this is obvious; while the role of the professional Engineer or Surveyor may be seen as providing technical solutions to technical problems, he or she must also be acutely aware of the social implications of the decisions being made. The inter-relation of the professions and society is one of growing importance. The opportunity to obtain a well-rounded tertiary educational experience is embodied in the very concept of the University system. The University environment, with its excellent campus and facilities, together with the many extra-curricula activities, creates an opportunity for obtaining a total experience, indeed a unique experience, in one's lifetime. For this reason I would encourage you to take full advantage of the opportunities available to you and, where time pennits. take an active interest in the various facets of University life. The staff of the Faculty will do everything possible to make your work both interesting and enjoyable and will be anxious to help you with any problems you may have. I personally would be most happy to assist you in any way I can, and would be grateful for any feedback of a constructive nature that you may wish to offer. In conclusion I wish you well in your studies at this University. There is no doubt that a course of study leading to an Engineering or Surveying degree requires a great deal of dedication and perseverance, but the task is certainly a rewarding one.
ALLAN W. ROBERTS, Dean
I I I ;
I
SECTION ONE
SECIlON1WO
CONTENTS
FACULTY OF ENGINEERING
FACULTY STAFF Department of Chemical and Materials Engineering Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering Department of Mechanical Engineering
FACULTY INFORMATION Advice and Information The Faculty Undergraduate Degree Courses Postgraduate Diploma Courses Postgraduate Degree Programmes
SECTION THREE UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE REGULATIONS Regulations Governing Bachelor Degrees Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Metallurgy Bachelor of Surveying Bachelor of Science (Engineering) Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) Core Programmes
SECTION FOUR FACULTY POLICIES
SECTION FIVE
Policies on Undergraduate Performance and Progress General Reservation Assessment Academic Perfonnance Academic Progression and Unsatisfactory Progress Satisfaction of Degree Requirements Awards of Honours and Merit
Last Dates for Addition or Substitution of Subjects Special Consideration Special Examinations Deferred Examinations Review of Results Submission of Final Year Project Reports Late Withdrawal from Subjects Years/Stage Classification Standing for TAFE Certificates Industrial Experience Exemptions
BACHELOR DEGREE COURSE PROGRAMMES Guide on Course Attendance Patterns Chemical Engineering Civil Engineering Computer Engineering Electrical Engineering Industrial Engineering Materials Engineering MechanicaL Engineering Surveying
2 2 2 3 4
5 5 5 6 7 7
9 9
10 11 11 11 11 12
13 13 13 13 13 13 15 15 15 17 18 18 18 18 19 19 19 19 19 20
21 21 22 26 30 32 35 37 39 43
CONTENTS
SECTION SIX SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS Guide to Subject Descriptions Chemical Engineering (ChE) Civil Engineering (CE) Electrical and Computer Engineering (EE) General Engineering (GE) Materials Engineering (Mat) Mechanical Industrial Engineering (ME) Surveying (SV) Core SUbjects Offered by Departments in Other Faculties Chemistry Economics Geography Mathematics Physics Approved Elective Subjects
SECTION SEVEN COMBINED DEGREE PROGRAMMES
SECTION EIGHT POSTGRADUATE DEGREE REGULATIONS Regulations Governing Diplomas Diploma in Industrial Engineering Diploma in Surveying Regulations Governing Master Degrees Master of Engineering Master of Engineering Science Master of Science Master of Surveying Approved Master of Engineering Science SUbjects
SECTIONNINE BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING SUBJECT COMPUTER NUMBERS Chemical Engineering
SECTION TEN
Civil Engineering Electrical and Computer Engineering Mechanical and Industrial Engineering Materials Engineering Metallurgy Surveying Master of Engineering Science SUbject Computer Numbers
Coal Techoology Subjects Electrical and Computer Engineering Subjects Mechanical and Industrial Engineering Subjects
GENERAL INFORMATION located between pages 54 and 55 PRINCIPAL DATES 1988
Term Dates Faculty of Medicine Advice and Information Faculty Secretaries Cashier's Office Careers and Student Employment Officer Counselling Service Enrolment of New Students Transfer of Course
46 46 48 56 60 68 71 73 82 85 85 86 87 87 91 92
95
102 102 103 104 105 106 106 107 107
109 109 110 110 111 112 113 113 114 114 114 115
ii ii ii ii ii ii ji
CONTENTS
Re-Enrolment by Continuing Students Re-Enrolment Kits Lodging Application for Re-Enrolment Forms Enrolment Approval Payment of Charges Late Payment Student Cards Re-Admission after Absence Attendance Status Change of Address Change of Name Change of Programme Withdrawal Confirmation of Enrolment Failure to Pay Overdue Debts Leave of Absence Attendance at Classes General Conduct Notices Student Matters Generally EXAMINATIONS Examination Periods Sitting for Examinations Rules for Formal Examinations Examination Results Special Consideration Deferred Examinations UNSATISFACTORY PROGRESS Regulations Governing Unsatisfactory Progress CHARGES Higher Education Administration Charge Method of Payment Scholarship Holders and Sponsored Students Loans Refund of Charges Higher Degree Candidates CAMPUS TRAFFIC AND PARKING
i i ii ii ii iii iii iii iii iii iii iii iii iii iv iv iv iv iv iv iv iv iv iv v v v v v v
vii vii
viii viii viii viii viii viii
SECTION ONE FACULTY OF ENGINEERING STAFF
Dean Professor A.W. Roberts. BE. PhD(New South Wales), ASTC, FlEAust, MIMechE, MAIlE
Deputy Dean Professor G.l. Jameson, BSc(New South Wales). PhD(Cambridge), ASTC, eBng, MIChemE
Sub-Dean W.O. Field. BE(New South Wales), PhD. ASTC
Faculty Secretary G.D. Gordon, BA
Faculty Administrative Assistant (shared appointment) Julie Kiem, BA Dianne Rigney, BA, MLitt(New England)
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING Professors E.O. Hall, MSc(New Zealand), PhD(Cambridge). MAusIMM, (Professor of Metallurgy) G.l, Jameson. BSc(New South Wales), PhD(Cambridge), ASTC. eEng, FIChemE. REAust, FRACI (Proressor of Chemical Engineering), (Head of Department)
Associate Professors W.A. Oates, BMet(Sheffield). MSc, eEog, FlM(London) T.F. Wall. PhD, FRMIT(ChemEng), eEng, MIEAust, FInstF. MCombI. MIChemE, FAIE
Senior Lecturers J.D. Browne, BSc(London), MSc(New South Wales), PhD(Monash), MAIP K. Lyne-Smith, BE(Sydney), MSc(New South Wales), PhD N.A, Molloy, BE(Queensland) G.E. Murch. BSc. PhD, DSc(Flinders), MACS. MASM 1. Roberts. BSc(New South Wales). ME. ASTC, ARACI. MAWWA
Lecturers N. Aluned, BSc(Eng)(BUET, Dhaka), PhD, MAIME G.E. Evans, BE, GradM.IChemE E.A. Walpole, BSc(New South Wales), ASTC, CEng, MIChemE, ARACI
Senior Research Fellows 1.S. Truelove, BSc, PhD(Sydney), FInstF, MCombI R.P Gupta, BTechHon. ME. PhD
Professional Officers J.G. Bailey, BSc, DipEd 1.A. Grahame, ASTC J.B. Waanders, BE, MEngSc. GradIEAust
Departmental Office Staff Gillian B. Hensman Elizabeth M. Vincer
, Honorary Professors G.R. Belton: BSc, PhD(London), DIC(London) I. McC.Stewart. AM. ME(Queensland), SM(Massachusetts Institute of Technology), CEng, MIChemE. FInstF. MAuslMM MCombI, REAust '
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING ProCessor RE. Melchers, BE, MEngSc(Monash), PhD(Cantab). DipEd(Monash), MICE. MIEAust, (ProCessor of Civil Engineering), (Head of Department)
Associate Professor 1.0. Fryer. BSurv, PhD(New South Wales), MISAust (Director of Surveying Studies)
Senior Lecturers F.L. Clarke, BSurv(New South Wales), PhD, LS, RSAust. M. H. Elfick, DipSurvSc( Sydney). DipT&CP( Sydney), LS, MISAust W.O. Field. BE(New South Wales), PhD. ASTC B.S. Heaton, BE(New South Wales), ME. ASTC, MIEAust P.W. Kleeman. BE( Adelaide), FSASM H.L. Mitchell. BSurv, PhD(New South Wales), MISAust A W. Page, BE(New South Wales), PhD, ASTC, MIEAust 8J. Williams, BE(Adelaide), MEngSc(New South Wales), PhD(Melboumc)
2
SECTION ONE FACULTY OF ENGINEERING STAFF
Lecturers G. A. Kucur&, BE, MEngSc(Melbourne), PhD( Harvard), MIEAust I. D. Moore, BE, PhD( Sydney) R.C. Patterson, BSurv, BSc, MSurvSc, MStats(New South Wales), MISAust S. W. Sloan, BE, MEngsc(Monash), MPhil. PhD(Cambridge)
Professional Omcer R.J. Mayne, BE, GradIEAust
Senior Technical Officer I.B. Leis
Technical omcers M.W.Dann H.C. Gennette
Laboratory Assistant P.A. Bowe
Senior Laboratory Craftsmen T.H. Fryer L.L. McLardy
Departmental Office Starr Cherie E. Hook .Anne Robotham
Computer Programmer J.D. Hendricks, BSc
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING Professor O.C. Goodwin, BSc, BE, PhD(New South Wales), REEE. MIEAust(Professor oC ElectrIcal Engineering)
Associate Professor R.J. Evans, BE(Melboume), ME, PhD, MIEEE, (Head of Department)
Senior Lecturers B.I. Cook, HND(Eiect)(Plymouth Polytechnic), PhD(Bristoi), MIEE, CEng DJ. Hill, BE, BSc(Queensland), PhD, MlEAust, MIEEE, MSIAM P.J. Moylan. BE(Melbourne), ME, PhD, MIEEE. AMACS
Lecturers R.E. Be.., ME. PhD. M1EEE S.W. Chon, BE. PhD C.B. De Souza, BE(Pemambuco. Brazil), Dr-Ing(paris 6), MIEEE R.H. Middleton. BE, BSc, PhD
Senior Tutors B. Penfold, DipBE(Swinbume). MEngSc, DipFinMgt(UNE), MIEAust I. Webster; BE, ME
Professional Omcer RW. Goodhew, BE(New South Wales), ASTC. MIEAust, AMIEE
Computer Systems Manager F.C.P. Huang, BSc(Taiwan), PhD(Australian National), MAIP. MACS
Senior Technical Officers A.M. Anns D.Crun F. Martinez, BE P.C. McLauchlan
Technical Officers W. Lis D.C. White
Laboratory Assistants V. Lucky D.J. Murray
Senior Laboratory Craftsman R.R. Hicks
Apprentice Electrical Mechanic I. E. Nowland
3
SECTION ONE
Departmental DUlce Starr Marcia Conn Greta Davies Roslyn Thrift, BSc
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Professors
FACULTY OF ENGINEERING STAFF
R A. Antonia, BE, MEngSC. PhD(Sydney), FIEAust. FRMS(Protessor or Mechanical Engineering) A W. Roberts, BE. PhD(New South Wales), ASTC. FIEAust. MIMechE. MADE (Proressor of Industrial Engineering)
Associate Professor A.I. Chambers, BE(New South Wales), ME, PhD(Stanford). MIEAust
Senior Lecturers L.W B. Browne, BE( Sydney), PhD G,D. Butler, BE(New South Wales). MSc(Cranfield), ASTC, MIEAust l.W. Hayes, BE. MEngSc(Sydney), MIEAust. MIlE, MORSA. MASOR (Head or Department) K.L. Ritz. BE{New South Wales), PhD R D. Parbery, BSc. ME. PhD. MIEAust H.A. Willems. BE{New South Wales), ME. DipNava1Arch, MTS(Dordrecht), ASTC. MRINA D.H. Wood, BE, MEngSc( Sydney), PhD(London), DIe
Lecturers P.O. Clausen, BE. GradIEAust B.I. Hill. BSc(Eng), MEngSc, PhD, GradlEAust S. Rajagopalan. BE(Madras), ME, PhO(fIT, Bangalore), MIEAust D.C. Rye, BE(Adelaide), PhIJ(Sydney),GradlEAus~ MAHS 0.1. Scott, ME
Professional Officers S. Keys, BE I.A Lewis, BSc(New South Wales), ME, PhD, ASTC, MIEAust, AMAusIMM M. Ooms, BE L. Ryan, BE RI. Scobie, ASTC
Computer Programmer 1.1. Smith, BMath
Departmental Office Starr Marcia M. Couper Pamela Falkiner Isabel Sherwood Lyn Thomas
4
SECTION TWO
A bout This Section
This section contains general infonnation about the Faculty of Engineering and the degree programmes which are offered within it. Degree Regulations and Undergraduate Course Programmes are given in separate sections of this Handbook.
ADVICE AND INFORMATION
Students are assumed to be familiar with the infonnation contained in this Handbook which relates to their own course of study and to general University and Faculty requirements.
Additional information will be posted on Notice Boards throughout the academic year. It is each student's responsibility to ensure that they keep themselves aware of the contents of relevant Notice Boards.
As course requirements and other aspects of the University do not remain static, students are advised to purchase a copy of the Handbook annually in order to become aware of changes and to retain it so as to provide a record of their course content.
Further advice and information about the Faculty of Engineering can be obtained from a number of people.
. GENERAL INFORMATION
Enquiries regarding general matters such as University Regulations and procedures, Faculty rules and policies, admission, enrolment and re-enrolment, and studies within the Faculty generally, may be directed to:
The Faculty Secretary Me G.D. Gordon
The Sub·Dean of the Faculty Dr W.G. Field
The Dean of the Faculty Professor A.W. Roberts
ACADEMIC ADVICE
Academic advice and general enquiries regarding the content of particular courses may be obtained from the following members of academic staff.
Chemical Engineering Me J. Roberts or Professor GJ. Jameson
Civil Engineering Dr W.G. Field or Professor R.E. Melchers
Computer Engineering Me B. Penfold or Associate Professor RJ. Evans
Electrical Engineering Me B. Penfold or Associate Professor RJ. Evans
Industrial Engineering Me G.D. Butler or Me J.W. Hayes Materials Engineering Dr J.D. Browne or Professor G.J. Jameson Mechanical Engineering Me G.D. Butler or Me J.W. Hayes Metallurgy Dr J.D. Browne or Professor E.O. Hall
FACULTY INFORMATION
PERSONAL COUNSELLING
Students may wish to discuss matters relating to course difficulties or options with the Faculty Secretai)' (room EA209) or any of the persons listed above.
Members of the University Counselling Service are also available for entirely confidential consultation on any matter. The Counselling Service is situated on the lower ground floor of the McMullin Building. An appointment is usually required.
THE FACULTY
The Faculty of Engineering is constituted by the Council of the University under By-law 2.4.1 and is comprised of the Department of Chemical and Materials Engineering, the Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying, the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering and the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
The Faculty Board, Faculty of Engineering, is charged with conducting the affairs of the Faculty and includes the ViceChancellor (ex officio), the Dean of the Faculty, the members of the full-time academic staff of the Faculty, representatives of other faculties and departments of the University, and four student members. The Dean is Chairman and executive officer of the Faculty Board.
The responsibilities of Faculty Boards are sel out in By-law 2.4.4 and other By-laws and Regulations of the University.
DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS
The awards which may be made by the University to persons presented by the Faculty of Engineezing are listed below.
Undergraduate Degrees
Bachelor of Engineering (BE) which is awarded in the specialities of:
Chemical Engineering Civil Engineering Computer Engineering Electrical Engineering Industrial Engineering Materials Engineering Mechanical Engineering
Bachelor of Melallurgy (BMet) Bachelor of Surveying (BSurv) Bachelor of Science (Engineering)(BSc(Eng» Bachelor of Science (Melallurgy)(BSc(Met»
Postgraduate Diplomas
Diploma in Industrial Engineering (DipIndEng) Diploma in Surveying (DipSurv)
Postgraduate Degrees
Master of Engineering Science (MEngSc) Master of Engineering (ME) Master of Science (MSc) Doc",r of Engineering (DEng) Doc",r of Philosophy (PhD) Doctor of Science (OSc)
5
SECTION TWO
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE COURSES Engineering
Bachelor of Engineering (BE) degree courses are offered in the following specialities:
Chemical Engineering Civil Engineering Computer Engineering Electrical Engineering Industrial Engineering Materials Engineering Mechanical Engineering
In addition. a structured process metallurgy option is available within the Chemical Engineering programme.
Each engineering degree programme may be completed by four years full-time or equivalent study. A minimum of seven years study is required to complete a course entirely on a part-time basis, however, students may choose to combine years of full-time study with years of part-time study as their commitments permit. It is also possible to follow a "thick sandwich' pattern of attendance by which full-time study and full-time industrial experience are alternately undertaken on an annual basis. It is recommended that at least the final year of study be taken on a full-time basis. The attendance patterns available are described in Section Five.
Engineering courses are highly structured and, although each follows a similar pattern, the content of the courses naturally differs according to the needs of the speciality concerned.
In Year I students study mathematics and the basic sciences as well as commencing studies in the engineering sciences. Year II programmes continue studies in mathematics and, where applicable, basic sciences. The scope of engineering studies is also widened. Year III consists of major engineering subjects and is generally regarded as the core of the programme. In the final year these studies may be extended by the inclusion of specialist topics which may enable the student to concentrate on one or two particular subjects areas or to gain a wide range of specialist know ledge. Engineering programmes also make provision for non-engineering elective subjects to be included in the degree programme. The fmal year project, in which students may undertake extensive studies in an area of special interests, is a particular feature of engineering programmes at Newcastle.
Engineering programmes are regularly reviewed in order to incorporate the latest developments relevant to each specialisation. The currently Approved Programme for each course is set out in Section 5 of this Handbook.
In addition to the full degree programmes offered in the Faculty, students may commence studies in Mining Engineering and Naval Architecture by completing the first two years of the full time programmes in Civil Engineering or Mechanical Engineering respectively. Students choosing to follow these programmes may complete their studies at the University of New south Wales.
Honours
Honours are awarded on the basis of performance during the entire course programme (see Faculty Policies in Section 4).
6
FACULTY INFORMATION
Accreditation
Each established engineering programme is recognised as meeting the full academic requirements for corporate membership of the Institution of Engineers, Australia (IEAust) and recognised by a number of overseas professional bodies. Accreditation for the Materials Engineering programme introduced in 1988 will be sought at the appropriate time.
The Computer Engineering Programme is also accredited by the Australian Computer Society as sfJ,tisfying that organisation's highest level of academic requirements.
The Chemical Engineering programme also meets requirements for membership of the Institution of Chemical Engineers (Great Britain) and is recognised by the Royal Australian Chemical Institute and the Australian Institute of Energy.
Combined Degree Programmes
Each of the BE programmes may form part of a combined degree programme leading to the award of a second degree by a total of five year's full-time study. Programmes have been approved which lead to the award of the BE degree in any speciality together with Bachelors degrees in Arts (BA), Commerce (BCom), Economics (BEc), Mathematics (BMath) or Science (BSc).
The following Specialist Combined Degree programmes have also been approved : BE (Computer Engineering) J BCompSc, BE (Civil Engineering) / BSurv, and BSurv / BMath.
Combined degree programmes are normally entered after completion of the fIrst year of an engineering programme with an average of credit or W AM of 70. See Section 7 of this Handbook for further details.
Surveying
The Bachelor of Surveying (BSurv) programme is offered as a four year full-time or equivalent study course on a similar basis to that of engineering programmes. In addition to Mathematics and Physics, the course also deals with aspects of Civil Engineering, Economics and Law as weU as the technical aspects of cadastral surveying, engineering surveying, topographical surveying, geodetic surveying and hydrographic surveying. The currently approved programme is set out in Section 5 of this Handbook.
The course meets the academic prerequisites for an application for registration under the Surveyors Act, 1929 (as amended). In order to become a Registered Surveyor in NSW it is necessary for a graduate to serve a period under articles and meet other requirements of the Board of Surveyors of NSW. Enquiries on this aspect should be directed to the Registrar of the Board of Surveyors of NSW.
Metallurgy
The Council of the University has resolved that no new students will be enrolled in the Bachelor of Metallurgy (BMet) Programme. It is, however, expected that the degree will continue to be awarded for some years to students already enrolled in the programme.
For the approved course programme students should refer to the 1986 Faculty of Eng in cering Handbook.
SECTION TWO
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA COURSES Diploma in Industrial Engineering
The Department of Mechanical Engineering is responsible for the teaching of subjects which may be taken in the Diploma in Industrial Engineering.
The Diploma in Industrial Engineering is a postgraduate course directed especially towards those concerned with the planning, supervision and administration of industrial undertakings. The course has a twofold objective. Primarily it has been designed as a bridging course for those graduates with limited or no formal training in the various basic disciplines of industrial engineering. In this respect the programme of study will be selected so as to complement the person's particular technological knowledge with instruction in the industrial field so that he or she can better perform the functions of industrial management, planning and control. For those who already have had in their undergraduate programme a comprehensive training in the basic disciplines of industrial engineering, the course has a secondary objective. In this case the aim is to broaden the person's basic training with the offer of study in a wider range of disciplines which have an important application in the industrial engineering field.
The Diploma programme consists of ten units of formal coursework plus two units of project work. Normally this programme shall be completed in not less than two years of part-time study, although in special cases approved by the Faculty Board, the programme may be completed in one year on a full-time study basis. The Regulations for the Diploma in Industrial Engineering and the Schedule of Subjects available is set out in Section 3 of this Handbook.
Diploma in Surveying
The Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying is responsible for the teaching of subjects which form the core of the Diploma in Surveying.
The Diploma in Surveying is a postgraduate course designed to broaden and further the education of the practising surveyor. ~ecent technological changes have significantly altered the role and operational techniques of surveyors. Many items of equipment and computational methods now in use were unknown ten to fifteen years ago. The course has a twofold objective. Primarily, it has been designed as a bridging course for surveyors with the professional qualification of the Reciprocating Surveyors Boards of Australia and New Zealand. University Degree Courses in Surveying were not available when these surveyors passed the examinations set by those Boards. As a consequence, the variety and depth of the modern curriculum was not available to these people. The Diploma in Surveying is seen as broadening and updating their professional training with a choice of subjects designed to complement their current knowledge. For those surveyors who already have had, in their Wldergraduate programme, a comprehensive training in the modem developments in surveying, the course has a secondary objective. In this case, the aim is to broaden the person's basic training with the offer of study in a wider range of disciplines which have important applications in some fields of surveying.
FACULTY INFORMATION
The Diploma programme consists of ten units of formal coursework plus two units of project work. Normally this programme shall be completed in not less than two years of part-time study, although in special cases approved by the Faculty Board, the programme may be completed in one year on a full-time basis. The regulations for the Diploma in Surveying and the Schedule of Subjects available is set out in Section 3 of this Handbook.
POSTGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMMES Master of Engineering Science
The Master of Engineering Science degree has the primary aim of increasing the knowledge of the student in a specific and professional area, and therefore places more emphasis on coursework; nevertheless it includes project work for its own value both in the broadening and the consolidation of knowledge, and as an introduction to research.
The Master of Engineering Science degree course is offered on both a part-time and full-time basis in order to give graduate engineers the opportunity to update themselves in technological areas of interest. This degree course is flexible in that candidates for the degree may select from a large number of subject combinations which may span one or more engineering Departments. At present ~ngSc subjects are available in areas of Computer Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Industrial Engineering, Mechanical Engineering and Coal Technology. The EE, GE and ME 500 and 600 level subjects currently approved are listed in Section 6 of this Handbook. Some undergraduate or postgraduate material may be taken from inside or outside the Faculty of Engineering as credit for the degree, provided that such material is relevant to the programme as a whole.
The Regulations for the Master of Engineering Science degree and the list of approved subjects are set out in Section 3 of this Handbook. This degree programme is currently under review within the FaCUlty. .
Master of Engineering
The Master of Engineering degree has the primary aim of introducing the student to postgraduate research. Course work may be included in the programme. The quality and standard of work required in the thesis will be at a substantially higher level than that expected of an Honours Bachelor of Engineering graduate. The Regulations for the Master of Engineering degree are set out in Section 3 of this Handbook.
Master of Science
This degree is similar to the Master of Engineering degree but is usually taken by students with a non-engineering background or students who are carrying out research in areas related to engineering. The Regulations for the Master of Science degree are set out in Section 3 of this Handbook.
Master of Surveying
The Master of Surveying degree has the primary aim of introducing the student to research, and bringing him to the point where he will be able to conduct research effectively under direction. Course work will not normally be included
7
SECTION TWO
in the programme, and the quality and standard of work required in the thesis will be at a substantially higher level than that expected of an Honours Bachelor of Surveying graduate. The Regulations for the Master of Surveying degree are set out in Section 3 of this Handbook.
Doctor of Philosophy In addition to the above degrees it is possible to register for candidature for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in each Department in the Faculty. Persons wishing to obtain information on the requirements for the degree should address enquiries to: The Secretary, University of Newcastle. New South Wales, Australia 2308.
8
FACULTY INFORMATION SECTION THREE
About This Section This section contains the University Regulations regarding the Bachelor Degrees and Postgraduate coursework Degrees and Diplomas offered in the Faculty of Engineering.
REGULATIONS GOVERNING BACHELOR DEGREES General 1. These Regulations are made in accordance with the powers vested in the Council under By-law 5.2.1 and prescribe the conditions and requirements relating to the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Metallurgy, Bachelor of Surveying, Bachelor of Science (Engineering) and Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy).
2. Definitions
(1) In these Regulations, unless the context or subject matter otherwise indicates or requires:
"course" means the total requirements as prescribed in the schedule to qualify a candidate for the award of the degree; "Dean" means the Dean of the Faculty of Engineering;
"degree" means the degree of Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Metallurgy, Bachelor of Surveying. Bachelor of Science (Engineering) or Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) as the case may be;
"Department" means the department or departments offering a particular subject and includes any other body doing so;
"Faculty Board" means the Faculty Board, Faculty of Engineering; "responsible department" means the department designated as such in the schedule; "Schedule" means the schedule to these Regulations relevant to the degree in which a person is enrolled or proposing to enrol; "subject" means any part of the course for which a result may be recorded.
(2) The unit value of a subject for the purposes of these Regulations shall:
(a) in the case of subjects offered by Departments of the Faculty of Engineering, be calculated on the basis that approximately 42 hours of lectures, tutorials and laboratory work equals one unit; or
(b) in the case of subjects offered by Departments outside the Faculty of Engineering, be detennined by the Faculty Board.
3. Enrolment (1) In any year a candidate shall enrol only in those
subjects approved by the Dean or the Dean's nominee.
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE REGULATIONS
(2) Except with the prior approval1 of the Dean or the Dean's nominee, a candidate :
(a) shall complete all subjects comprising Year I of the relevant course before enrolling in any subject comprising Year III or Year IV of that course; and
(b) shall complete all subjects comprising Year II of the relevant course before enrolling in any subject comprising Year IV of that course.
4. Standing
The Faculty Board may grant to a candidate standing in specified and unspecified subjects not exceeding the unit value specified in the Schedule in recognition of work completed in this University or another institution, subject to the following:
(a) Standing in a specified subject shall be granted only on the recommendation of the Head of Deparunent .
(b) Standing in an unspecified subject shall be granted only on the recommendation of the Head of the responsible department.
(c) Where standing has been granted in unspecified subjects the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the responsible deparunent :
(i) shall prescribe the course (not inconsistent with that specified in the Schedule) which the candidate is required to undertake; and
(ii) may specify the area of study for which the standing is granted for the purposes of the core programme prescribed by the Senate as required in the Schedule.
5. Prerequisites and Corequisites
(1) The Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of Deparunent may prescribe prerequisites and/or corequisites for a subject .
(2) Except with the approval of the Dean, a candidate may not enrol in a subject unless he or she has passed any subjects prescribed as its prerequisites and has already passed or concurrently enrols in or is already enrolled in any subjects prescribed as its corequisites.
6. Withdrawal
(1) A candidate may withdraw from enrolment in a subject or the degree only by infonning the Secretary to the University in writing and the withdrawal shall take effect from the date of receipt of such notification.
(2) A candidate who withdraws from any subject after the relevant date shall be deemed to have failed in that subject unless granted permission by the Dean to withdraw without penalty. The relevant date shall be:
1 lipprovalluu been given/or parl-liflUl sludentslo enrol in b,duslrial Experience subjects cOUllt;ng as Elective units as indicated in the relevant Recommended Part-time Programme. Approval in other cases wjfl only be given in exceptional circumstance.t. Where required, approval mlLft be obtained in writing prior to making application jor enrolment and submitled with that application.
9
SECTION THREE
(a) in the case of any subject offered only in the first half of the academic year, the last Monday of fIrst term;
(b) in the case of any subject offered only in the second half of the academic year, the fourth Monday of third term;
(e) in the case of any other subject. the last Monday of second tenn.
7. Subject Requirements (1) To complete a subject, a candidate shall attend such
lectures. tutorials, seminars, laboratory classes and field work and submit such written or other work as the Department shall require.2
(2) To pass a subject a candidate shall complete it and pass such examinations as the Faculty Board shall require,2
8. Grading of Degrees (1) The degree shall be conferred as an ordinary degree
except that in cases where a candidate's performance in the course has reached a standarq determined by the Faculty Board the degree may be conferred either with merit or with honours as provided in the schedule.
(2) A degree with honours2 shall be conferred in one of the following grades:
(a) Class I; (b) Class II, Division 1; or
(c) Class II, Division 2.
9. Admission to Degree
To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shaH satisfy the requirements prescribed in the Schedule.2
10. Combined Degree Courses
(1) A candidate may complete the requirements for the degree in conjunction with another Bachelor degree by completing a combined course approved by the Faculty Board and also the Faculty Board of the Faculty offering that other Bachelor degree.
(2) Admission to a combined degree course -
(a) shall be subject to the approval of the Deans of the two Faculties;
~ shall, except in exceptional circumstances, be at the end of the candidate's lust year of enrolment in a dcgree; and
(c) shall be restricted to candidates who in their rust year of enrolment have achieved a standard of performance deemed satisfactory for the purposes of admission to a combined degree course by the Faculty Board.
2 Refer also to Faculty Policy 011 Undergraduate Progress and Performance in Seclion 4.
10
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE REGULATIONS
(3) The work undertaken by a candidate in a combined degree course shall be no less in quantity and quality than if the two courses were taken separately as shall be certified by the Deans of the two Faculties concerned.
(4) To qualify for admission to the two degrees a candidate shall satisfy the requirements for both degrees.
11. Exceptional Circumstances
In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in a particular case. the Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty Board may relax any provision of these Regulations.
SCHEDULE I - BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING
1. The degree may be conferred in the following areas of specialisation:
Chemical Engineering
Civil Engineering
Computer Engineering
Electrical Engineering
Industrial Engineering
Materials Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
2. For the purposes of these Regulations the responsible department with respect to each area of specialisation shall be:
Department of Chemical and Materials EngineeringChemical Engineering and Materials Engineering
Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying -Civil Engineering
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering -Electrical Engineering and Computer Engineering
Department of Mechanical Engineering - Mechanical Engineering and Industrial Engineering
3.(a) To qualify for admission to the degree in any area of specialisation a candidate shall:
(i) pass a programme of subjects approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the responsible department totalling not less than 60 units; and
(ii) satisfy the industrial experience requirements prescribed by the Faculty Board.
(b) The programme referred to in section 3(aXi) of this schedule shall include the core programme prescribed from time to time by the Senate.
4. A person who has satisfied the requirements for admission to the degree in one area of specialisation may be admitted to candidature in any other area of specialisation on such conditions as the Faculty Board may prescribe and upon satisfying the requirements for admission to the degrcc in that other area of specialisation shall be eligible to receive a certificate to that effect.
SECTION THREE
S. A candidate may be granted standing in a maximum of 32 units under the provisions of Regulation 4 of these Regulations.
6. The degree may be conferred as a degree with honours.
SCHEDULE 2 - BACHELOR OF METALLURGY
1. For the purposes of these Regulations the responsible department for the degree shall be the Department of Chemical and Materials Engineering.
2.(a) To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall: (i) pass a programme of subjects approved by the FacuIty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the responsible department totalling not less than 60 units; and
(ii) satisfy the industrial experience requirements prescribed by the Faculty Board.
(b) The programme referred to in section 2(a)(i) of this schedule shall include the core programme prescribed from time to time by the Senate.
3. A candidate may be granted standing in a maximum of 32 units under the provisions of Regulation 4 of these Regulations.
4. The degree may be conferred as a degree with honours.
S. A candidate for the degree who satisfies the requirements for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) as set out in schedule 5 of these Regulations may, with the pennission of the Faculty Board. elect to withdraw from the degree course and to be admitted instead to the degree of Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy).
SCHEDULE 3 - BACHELOR OF SURVEYING
I. For the purposes of these Regulations the responsible department for the degree shall be the Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying.
2.(a) To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall:
(i) pass a programme of subjects approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the responsible department totalling not less than 60 units; and
(ii) satisfy the industrial experience requirements prescribed by the Faculty Board.
(b) The programme referred in section 2(a)(i) of this schedule shall include the core programme prescribed from time to time by the Senate.
SCHEDULE 4 - BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ENGINEERING)
I. The degree of Bachelor of Science (Engineering) shall be conferred only on a candidate specialising in the area of Chemical Engineering.
2. For the purposes of these Regulations the responsible department for the degree shall be the Department of Chemical and Materials Engineering.
3. No candidate shall be permitted to ernol or re-enrol for the degree unless the candidate was ernolled for the degree prior to 1980.
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE REGULATIONS
4.(a) To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall, before March, 1987:
(i) pass a programme of subjects approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the responsible department totalling not less than 48 units: and
(ii) satisfy the industrial experience requirements prescribed by the Faculty Board.
(b) The programme referred to in section 4(a)(i) of this schedule shall include the core prescribed from time to time by the Senate.
S. A candidate may be granted standing in a maximum of 25 units under the provisions of Regulation 4 of these Regulations.
6. The degree may be conferred as a degree with merit
SCHEDULE 5 - BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (METALLURGY)
1. For the purposes of these Regulations the responsible department for the degree shall be the Department of Chemical and Materials Engineering.
2. No candidate shall be pennitted to enrol or re-enrol for the degree unless that candidate was enrolled prior to 1983. 3. (a) To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate who was enrolled for either the degree of Bachelor of Metallurgy or Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) prior to 1983 shall:
(i) pass a programme of subjects approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the responsible department totalling not less than 48 units; and
(ii) satisfy the industrial experience requirements prescribed by the Faculty Board.
(b) To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate who enrols for the degree of Bachelor of Metallurgy after 1982 shall:
(i) pass a programme of subjects approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the responsible department totalling not less than 45 units; and
(li) satisfy the industrial experience requirements prescribed by the Faculty Board
(c) The programmes referred to in section 3(a)(i) and 3(b)(i) of this schedule shall include the core programme prescribed from time to time by the Senate.
4. A candidate may be granted standing in a maximum of 25 units under the provisions of Regulation 4 of these Regulations.
S. The degree may be conferred as a degree with merit
11
SECTION THREE
CORE PROGRAMMES
The following core programmes have been approved by the Senate.
1. Bachelor of Engineering
12
Bachelor of Engineering in Chemical Engineering Mathematics 6 units Science 4 units Engineering 100 level 4 units Engineering 200 level 8 units Engineering 300 level 8 units Engineering 400 level 8 units
Bachelor of Engineering in Civil Engineering Mathematics 6 units Science 4 units Engineering 100 level 4 units Engineering 200 level 8 units Engineering 300 level 8 units Engineering 400 level 8 units
Bachelor of Engineering in Computer Engineering Mathematics 6 units Science 4 units Computer Science 4 units Engineering 100 level 4 units Engineering 200 level 4 units Engineering 300 level 8 units Engineering 400 level 8 units
Bachelor of Engineering in Electrical Engineering Mathematics 6 units Science 4 units Engineering 100 level 4 units Engineering 200 level 8 units Engineering 300 level 8 units Engineering 400 level 8 units Bachelor of Engineering in Industrial Engineering Mathematics 6 units Science 4 units Engineering 100 level 4 units Engineering 200 level 8 units Engineering 300 level 8 units Engineering 400 level 8 units
Bachelor of Engineering in Materials Engineering Mathematics 6 units Science 4 units Engineering 100 level 4 units Engineering 200 level 8 units Engineering 300 level 8 units Engineering 400 level 8 units
Bachelor of Engineering in Mechanical Engineering Mathematics Science Engineering 100 level Engineering 200 level Engineering 300 level Engineering 400 level
6 units 4 units 4 units 8 units 8 units 8 units
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE REGULATIONS
2. Bachelor of Metallurgy
Mathematics 6 units Physics 4 units Chemistry 4 units Engineering 100 level 5 units Metallurgy 200 level 8 units Metallurgy 300 level 11 units Metallurgy 400 level 10 units
3. Bachelor of Surveying
Mathematics 6 units Science 4 units Surveying 100 level 4 units Surveying 200 level 6 units Surveying 300 level 8 units Surveying 400 level 8 units
4. Bachelor of Science (Engineering)
Mathematics Physics Chemistry Engineering 100 level Chemical Engineering 100 level Chemical Engineering 200 level Chemical Engineering 300 level Chemical Engineering 400 level
6 units 4 units 8 units 1 unit 1 unit
5 units 8 units 1 unit
5. Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy)
Mathematics Physics Chemistry Engineering 100 level Metallurgy 200 level Metallurgy 300 level
6 units 4 units 4 units 5 units 8 units
11 units
SECTION FOUR
About This Section
This section contains Faculty Policies which are relevant to students enrolled in undergraduate programmes within the FaCUlty. The following matters are included:
Undergraduate Performance and Progress Requirements CritJ:ria for Honours Awards Weighted Average Mark (W AM) Calculation Method Final Dates for Addition of Subjects Late Withdrawal from Subjects Year/Stage Oassification Standing for Certificate Holders Industrial Experience Requirements Exemptions Special Consideration Special Examinations Deferred Examinations Submission of Final Year Project Reports
Note:
that Faculty Policies do not remain static. Students are expected to consult Faculty and Departmental notice boards regularly in order to make themselves aware of any proposals or decisions which may affect them. Enquiries regarding Faculty Policy may be directed to the Faculty Secretary.
POLICIES ON UNDERGRADUATE PERFORMANCE AND PROGRESS 1. General
(1) The following policies are made under the powers vested in the Faculty Board, Faculty of Engineering, by the Regulations Governing Bachelor Degrees offered in the Faculty of Engineering and various Bylaws and Regulations of the University including, but not limited to, By-law 2.4 - The Faculties, the Examination Regulations, and the Regulations Governing Unsatisfactory Progress.
(2) In these Policies, unless the context or subject matter otherwise indicates or requires:
"course" means the total requirements as prescribed in these Policies and the Regulations Governing Bachelor Degrees offered in the Faculty of Engineering which, when completed, qualify a candidate for the award of the relevant degree. "Dean" means the Dean of the Faculty of Engineering.
"Degree Regulations" means the Regulations Governing Bachelor Degrees in the Faculty of Engineering.
"Department" means a department of the Faculty of Engineering. "Faculty Board" means the Faculty Board, Faculty of Engineering. "responsible department" means the deparunent designated as such in the relevant Schedule of the Degree Regulations. "student" means a person enrolled in an undergraduate course offered in the Faculty of Engineering.
FACULTY POLICIES
"sub-dean" means the Subdean of the Faculty of Engineering.
2. Reservation
(1) Faculty Board reserves its rights to consider each case on its merits and to amend its policies without notice as it judges to be proper to maintain appropriate standards of attainment.
3. Assessment
(1) Assessment within each subject offered by a Department may take into account work in: assignments, reports, laboratory exercises, tutorials, class tests and fonnal examinations.
(2) Students will be informed of the method of assessment to be adopted in each subject before the fourth week of lectures in that subject. This information will include an indication of the type of tasks comprising the assessment and the weighting each task will have in the determination of the final result in the subject concerned. It should be noted that the final result in a subject is not necessarily determined simply by the addition of marks awarded for assessment tasks although the weightings of each task and class ranking will be maintained except where an application for special consideration is granted.
(3) In the case of subjects offered to students enrolled in any undergraduate course in the Faculty by Departments of the Faculty (and any department of another faculty willing to take part in this procedure), the result in each subject will be reported as follows:
Result Reported as: Marks in the range of 45% to 100% inclusive - Percentage Mark
Marks less than 45% - FF (Fail)
Other non-passing grades - Grades approved by Senate for specific purposes.
(4) Percentage marks in the range of 45 to 54 inclusive, are regarded as indicating that a student, whilst not performing clearly at a satisfactory level in the subject concerned, had nevertheless demonstrated sufficient Wlderstanding of the subject to proceed, provided other progress requirements are met, without repeating the material contained in that subject (see Policy 5 below).
(5) In the case of subjects offered by departments of other faculties, results may be awarded as grades (rather than percentage marks) in accordance with University Bylaws and Regulations and the Policies of the Faculty Board.
4. Academic Performance
(1) The academic performance of each student enrolled in an undergraduate course offered in the Faculty shall be measured by a Weighted Average Mark(W AM).
13
SECTION FOUR
(2) The W AM is calculated from the results of all subjects taken tqwards the satisfaction of Degree Requirements, except, as provided in Policy 4.5 below, in the following manner:
WAM SnIDofCmuw) Sum of (u w)
Wbere:
m = The Mark as defmed in Policy 4.3 below.
u The Unit Value of the subject concerned.
w = The Weighting of the subject concerned as detennined under Policy 4.4 below.
(3) The Mark Cm? will be calculated as follows:
• Where the result in a subject is given in the range of 45 to 100 inclusive;m' is equal to that percentage mark.
• Where the result in a subject is a grade of FF. AF, EF or WF. 'm' is equal to 44.
• Where the result in a subject is a passing grade (rather than a percentage mark), the Mark Cm? will be deemed to be the relevant number listed below:
Grade 'm'
lID 93 D = 80
C 70 P 58
UP = 58
TP 49
Where grades of W. X, S or I are awarded the subject concerned shall not be included in the calculation of the students W AM until a mark or a final grade shall be awarded in that subject, at which time, the student's W AM shall be re-calculated to include the newly approved mark or grade.
(4) Each subject shall have a weighting of I, 2, 3 or 4 as determined by Faculty Board. The weighting so detennined will be published in the Faculty Handbook. Weightings will generally be determined according to the le~el at which a subject is offered as set out below.
Engineering Subject Level
Non-engineering Weighting Subject Year Level
100 200 300
or equivalent
400, 500 or 600
Year! Yearn Yearffi YearlY
I 2 3 4
(5) The following will be taken into account when calculating the W AM:
14
• Subjects taken in satisfaction of course Elective requirements shall be considered to satisfy those requirements in the order in which they are taken during the course. • Subjects taken extraneous to Degree Requirements shall not be included in the calculation of a student's WAM.
FACULTY POLICIES
Students re-admitted to a course after being granted leave of absence for the previous academic year, will retain their previous W AM as the basis of future calculations.
• Students permitted to transfer from one course offered in the Faculty to another shall, provided standing in all subjects previously passed in the original course is granted in the new course, retain the W AM achieved in the original course as the basis for future W AM calculations in the new course.
• Students re-admitted to a course without having been granted leave of absence for the previous academic year, shall be considered in the same way as if they had completed their previous studies at another institution and re-commence calculation of their W AM from the year of their re-admission: provided that a student who was last enrolled in a course not more than three (3) years prior to the year of their re-admission to that course may request that the W AM applying at the conclusion of the last year of their enrolment in that course be reinstated as the basis of future calculations. Such a request must be made to the Secretary, in writing, by 30 April in the year of re-admission and may be approved by the Dean or the Dean's nominee.
• Students admitted to a course for the fust time shall, subject to the above provisions, commence calculation of their W AM from the year of their admission, whether they be granted standing or not.
(6) Each student's W AM shall be included in the schedule of recommended results presented to Faculty Board included on each student's notification of results and placed on the student's academic record; except that should a grade of S, X or I be awarded to a student, the W AM calculated for that student will be regarded as provisional until final marks or grades are a",!arded.
\J) Where a student has been awarded a grade of S, X or I, the student's WAM shall, upon the award of other marks or grades for the subject( s) concerned, be recalculated and included on the student's notification of results and placed upon the student's academic record in place of the provisional W AM: provided that students awarded a deferred examination (grade X) may not subsequently be awarded a mark greater than 64 or a grade higher than Pass.
(8) Students may elect to repeat any subject in which they were awarded a result in the range of 45 to 54 or a grade of TP, or to enrol in a subject which replaced a subject in that category in the Approved Programme of the course in which they are enrolled. In such a case:
• the subject originally taken remains part of the student'S academic record and continues to be included in the calculation of the student's W AM as before.
• the repeated subject is included in the W AM calculations of the year in which it is taken.
• if the student is awarded a failing grade in the repeated subject, the failure is tteated in the same way as if the subject were attempted for the first time and the subject must be repeated.
SECTION FOUR
Note:
Students will not normally be permitted to repeat subjects in which they were awarded a Final Assessment of 55 or more, or a passing grade.
S. Academic Progression and Unsatisfactory Progress
(1) A student who maintains a W AM of 55 or more is considered to be a student in good standing.
(2) If the W AM of a student previously in good standing is less than 55 at the conclusion of an academic year, the student shall be placed on probation for the next academic year in which they enrol in any course offered in the Faculty.
(3) If a student placed on probation withdraws without penalty from all subjects in which they are enrolled whilst on probation, the term of their probation shall be deemed to be extended to the following academic year.
(4) A swdent on probation is strongly advised to repeat all subjects. other than elective or extraneous subjects, which were taken in the academic year in which his or her W AM became less than 55 and for which he or she received a result of less then 55, before enrolling in subjects not previously attempted.
(5) Except as otherwise approved by the Dean or the Dean's nominee, a student on probation shall not be permitted to enrol in an annual programme of study of more than 12 units.
(6) A student on probation who attains a W AM of 55 or more at the end of their probationary year, shall be released from probation and be considered to be a student in good standing.
(7) A student on probation who fails to attain a W AM of 55 or more at the end of their probationary year, shall be deemed not to have maintained a rate of progress considered satisfactory to the Faculty Board under Regulation 3(1) of the Regulations Governing Unsatisfactory Progress and shall be required to show cause as to why he or she should not be excluded from the Faculty under the tenDS of those Regulations.
(8) Students required to show cause under Policy 5.7 shall be advised of their rights to make representations either in writing or in person prior to decisions under Regulation 3(1) being taken.
(9) The Dean or Sub-dean shall detennine the time and place at which persons required to show cause under Policy 5.7 may make representations in person.
(10) In reapect of students required to show cause under Policy 5.7. the Dean or Sub-dean shall, after considering any representations made by such a student and on the recommendation of the Head of the responsible deparUnent, either:
• determine the action to be taken under Regulation 3(1) of the Regulations Governing UnsatisfIK:tory Progress on behalf of Faculty Board; .., • refer the case to Faculty Board for consideration.
FACULTY POLICIES
(11) A student who is required to show cause under Policy 5.7 and permitted to continue studies within the Faculty is deemed to remain on probation and continues to be subject to the provisions of the Policies of Faculty Board as would a student placed on probation under the provisions of Policy 5.2.
6. Satisfaction of Degree Requirements
(1) Students are considered to have passed the programme of subjects approved by Faculty Board in accordance with the relevant schedule of the Regulations Governing Bachelor Degrees Offered in the Faculty of Engineering when they have:
(i) attained a Final Assessment of 45 or more (or a passing grade) in each of the subjects comprising the relevant programme of subjects approved by Faculty Board; and
(ii) attained at the completion of that programme a W AM of 55 or more.
(2) If a student completes the relevant programme of subjects but has not achieved a W AM of 55 or more, the student is regarded as not having passed the programme of subjects approved by Faculty Board and is therefore ineligible for the award of a bachelors degree and is placed on probation under the tenns of section 5 of these policies.
(3) A student who is ineligible for the award of a bachelors degree under the terms of Policy 6.2 may repeat any subject in which they were awarded a result in the range of 45 to 54 (in which case the conditions of Policy 4.8 apply) or enrol in such other subjects not previously attempted as the Dean, on the recommendation of the Head of the responsible department, may approve until such time as he or she attains a WAM of 55 or is excluded under the provisions of section 5 of these policieS.
7. Awards of Honours and Merit
(1) Honours grades will normally be awarded by Faculty Board on the basis of a graduating student's performance as measured by the W AM according to the following schedule:
Minimum WAM Honours 67 72
77
Class II Division 2
Class II Division 1
Class !
(2) If a student was granted standing at the time of his or her admission or re-admission to a course offered within the Faculty, the record of that student upon which the standing was based may be considered by Faculty Board in connection with the detennination of the award of honours to that student.
(3) A Head of Department may recommend to Faculty Board that a grade of honours be awarded other than that indicated by the W AM. of the student concerned, or that no honours be awarded to a particular student In such a case Faculty Board may make an award of
15
SECTION FOUR
honours in accordance with the recommendation of the Head of the Department concerned or in accordance with the schedule contained in Policy 7.1. as it sees fit
(4) Merit grades will normally be awarded by Faculty Board to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) programme who attain, at the conclusion of the programme, a W AM of 72 or more. Policies
Example WAM Calculation
FACULTY POLICIES
7.2 and 7.3 shall also apply. where appropriate, to the awarding of Merit grades.
(5) Faculty Board will normally consider recommending graduands who achieve a W AM in the order of 85 or more for the award of a University Medal.
The following calculation is presented as an example of the method of calculation resulting from the above policies.
16
Subject Mark or Unit Grade Value Weighting
MI Ui Wi (UW)i
Year 1 (Full-time attendance: normal Year I programme)
Mathematics I P 4 I 4 Physics IB STANDING 4 I CElli 86 I I I EE100 65 4 1 4 GEI01 90 1 I I GEI51 50 I I I MElli 76 I I I
16 12 WAM= 794/12
66
Year 2 (Full-time attendance: nonnal Year II programme)
EM2AS 62 I 2 2 EM2CO FF 2 2 4 GE204 FF I 2 2 GE205 WITHDRAWN I 2 Mat211 46 I 2 2 ME204 58 2 2 4 ME214 65 1 2 2 ME215 77 2 2 4 ME231 65 2 2 4 ME251 80 I 2 2 ME271 75 I 2 2
15 28
WAM= , (794 + 1720) / (12 +28)
2514/40
= 63
Year 3 (Full-time attendance: reduced load due to failures and pre-requisite requirements)
EM2CO 60 2 2 4 GE204 75 I 2 2 GE205 80 I 2 2 GE211 85 I 2 2 GE301 72 2 3 6 Mat3ll 53 I 3 3 ME305 69 I 3 3 ME316 81 2 3 6 ME343 64 I 3 3 ME373 68 I 3 3
WAM = (2514 + 24(0) / (40 +34)
= 4914{74
66
(MUW)/
232
86 260 90 50 76
794
\24 176 88
92 232 130 308 260 160 150
1720
240 150 160 170 432 159 207 486 192 204
2400
SECTION FOUR
Subject Mark or Grade Mi
Unit Value
Ui Weighting
Wi
OTHER FACULTY POLICIES
(UW)i (MUW)i
Year 4 (part-time attendance: choice of a part-time year to catch up)
GE361 59 ME333 79 ME353 68 ME407 85 ME481 77
WAM = (4914 + 1851) / (74 + 26)
6765/100
68
2 I 3 I I
8"
3 6 354 3 3 237 3 9 612 4 4 340 4 4 308
26 1851
Year 5 (Full-time attendance: reduced load to complete requirements due to 2 units counting in Year IV being completed in the previous year,)
ME413 85 ME496 72 Legal Studies I C ME410 70 ME419 73 11E482 65 ME484 67
WAM = (6765+2872/(100+40)
9637/140
69
I 4 4 I I I I
IT
4 4 I 4 4 4 4
4 16 4 4 4 4 4
40
340 1152 280 280 292 260 268
Honours Recommendation: HONOURS CLASS II, DIVISION 2
LAST DATES FOR ADDITION OR SUBSTITUTION OF SUBJECTS
Students enrolled in courses offered by the Faculty of Engineering should ensure that all applications to add to or substitute subjects in their annual programmes of study are submitted by the following dates:
First Semester subjects 30 April (in each year) Full Year subjects 30 April (in each year) Second Semester subjects 4th Friday of Second Semester
(5 August in 1988)
Applications to add or substitute subjects submitted after these dates will NOT normally be approved.
Note:
1. Only entries on the official university record indicate enrolment in a subject. It is the responsibility of each student to ensure that the University's record of their enrolment is accurate at all times.
2. Attendance at classes in a subject in which a student is not enrolled does not imply any right to be subsequently enrolled in that subject.
3. The Lecturer of a subject may refuse to mark the work of a student who is not officially enrolled in that subject.
4. The specification of the last dates for enrolment does not imply that all applications made before that date will be approved. Applications to enrol in a subject made before the above dates may be refused on a number of grounds including. for example, that the subject has progressed past the point where enrolment is acceptable or that resources have been fully allocated to students already enrolled. For this reason all applications to add subjects should be made as early as possible.
S. University Regulations and Policy in regard to withdrawal from subjects remain unchanged.
MISSING AN EXAMINATION
Failure to attend a fonnal written examination is a very serious matter. Students are expected to attend examinations unless prevented from doing so by circumstances beyond their control.
Because of the seriousness of the matter, clear evidence is required before the possibility of awarding a Special Examination will be considered. Where it is alleged that illness prevents attendance at an examination, students arc advised to see their doctor on the day of the examination and obtain a medical report (or supplementary report) on the Application for Special Consideration Form which clearly states the reasons for
17
SECTION FOUR
their inability to sit for an examination on that day. In other circumstances all available evidence should be provided together with a Statutory Declaration setting out the circumstances which prevented attendance. Note that an Application for Special Consideration should be lodged within three (3) days of the examination involved. (see Special Consideration and Special Examinations below).
SPECIAL CONSIDERATION
It is recognised that during the course of their studies. students may suffer from illness or other SERIOUS CIRCUMSTANCES which affect their preparation for or perfonnance at an examination. University Regulations provide for students who believe that their perfonnance in a subject has been adversely affected by such circumstances to apply for Special Consideration (also refer to the General University Infonnation section of this Handbook).
APPLICATIONS FOR SPECIAL CONSIDERATION MUST BE MADE ON THE PRESCRIBED FORM. Forms are available from the Student Administration Office in the McMullin Building.
As decisions can only be made on the basis of the information presented by the student, each application should give FULL PARTICULARS of the circumstances which are relied upon and the way in which it is believed that performance has been adversely affected by those circumstances. Applications MUST be accompanied by medical certificates or other relevant documentary evidence as indicated on the form.
MEDICAL CERTIFICATES OF THE KIND NORMALLY ISSUED TO EXPLAIN ABSENCE FROM EMPLOYMENT DO NOT MEET THE ABOVE CRITERIA AND ARE NOT SUFFICIENT TO EXPLAIN ABSENCE FROM AN EXAMINATION. Where submitted, such reports will normally be taken to indicate a 'mild' handicap.
Where a request for Special Consideration is made on the grounds of misadventure, all available supporting evidence should be attached to the application. In some cases the submission of a Statutory Declaration will be appropriate. Statutory Declaration forms are available from most newsagents. .
Requests should be made as soon as possible after the occurrence of the circumstances leading to the request. University Regulations provide that requests must be submitted within 7 days in cases where study during the year or preparation for an examination was affected (or by such later time as the Dean may approve). Requests made regarding attendance or performance in a formal written examination must be made within 3 days of the date of the examination (or by such later time as the Vice-Chancellor may approve). Where a student is unable to make application personally, another person may take action on the student's behalf.
When considering requests for Special Consideration it is the intention of the Faculty to take account of circumstances which adversely affect performance such that the performance of the student concerned does not reflect his or her true competence in a subject In doing so, the Faculty
18
OTHER FACULTY POLICIES
will be conscious that any Special Consideration given should not act to the disadvantage of other students.
Enquiries regarding Special Consideration may be directed to the Faculty Secretary. (Also see Missing an Examination above and Special Examinations below.)
SPECIAL EXAMINATIONS
Special Examinations are NOT awarded automatically. If it is considered to be appropriate, a Special Examination may be awarded following timely lodgement of a properly completed Application for Special Consideration, whether the examination in the subject concerned was attended or not. (See Missing an Examination and SpeCial Consideration above.)
Students who are awarded a Special Examination will receive the result of'S' as the result for the subject concerned. Where a Special Examination is awarded, the student should contact the Department offering the subject in order to ascertain whether the examination will be held in the January Examination Period or at some other convenient time. It is the student's responsibility to ensure that he or she is aware of the time and place at which the Special Examination will be held.
DEFERRED EXAMINATIONS
Deferred examinations in subjects offered by Departments of the Faculty will not normally be awarded to students other than those students enrolled in a programme of subjects sufficient to complete degree requirements in the current year.
Where a student fails a single subject and is thereby prevented from qualifying to graduate, a deferred examination may be awarded in that subject. If the subject concerned is a final year project subject special conditions apply (see Submission of Final Year Project Reports below).
Deferred examinations recommended to the Faculty Board by departments of other faculties will normally be approved.
It should be noted that the maximum result which can be awarded on the basis of a deferred examination is that of pass (either a 'P' grade or a mark: no higher than 64).
REVIEW OF RESULTS
Students may apply through the University Examinations Office for a review of final results in subjects (see the General Information section of this Handbook for details of the procedure and the fee involved). All requests for review must he made by this procedure. If considered necessary, students may attach a statement to the official request for a review in which any facts believed to point to an error or omission having been made may be brought to the attention of the deparunent concerned. Note that any such statement is not a replacement for requests for Special Consideration.
While staff may discuss aspects of performance in examinations with the individual students concerned within a short period after fmal results have been published in order to provide feedback for educational purposes, the assessment of individual pieces of work will not be discussed.
SECTION FOUR
SUBMISSION OF FINAL YEAR PROJECT REPORTS
Meeting the deadline for submission of final year project reports is considered to be an important element of the subjects concerned. Departments within the Faculty have been requested by Faculty Board to adopt the following policies regarding the submission of final year project reports.
• The time for submission of fmal year project report will be set at 5.00 pm on a date (to be specified by the Department concerned) during the November examination period. This date is regarded in the same way as a final formal examination. That is, failure to submit the report at or before the due time is regarded in the same way as failure to attend a formal written examination. The result will be failure, subject to any other decision which may be taken as a result of a request for Special Consideration.
• An extension of time for a submission, by way of an Incomplete grade (I) being awarded in December, may only be granted in response to a formal request for Special Consideration made through the Secretary to the University (see Special Consideration policy above). As students are expected to anticipate some delay or difficulties during the course of their project, Special Consideration will not normally be granted for circumstances involving less than 4 weeks loss of working time for the swdent.
• Submissions presented by the due date but not up to final presentation standard, or which require an acceptably small amount of additional work, may be granted a result of deferred (X). Final submission of the report will then be required on a date (to be specified by the Department concerned) during the January examination period and the Project will not be awarded a result higher than 64.
LATE WITHDRAWAL FROM SUBJECTS
Applications to withdraw from subjects lodged after the final date for withdrawal without penalty are normally either approved with penalty or not approved.
In exceptional circumstances the Dean may approve withdrawal without penalty. Such applications are viewed in the same light as requests for Special Consideration and should be documented accordingly (see policy on Special Consideration above).
YEARS/STAGE CLASSIFICATION
Full-time swdents are classified by year.
Part-time students are classified by stage.
Classification is determined by the number of units passed in accordance with the following table:-
OTHER FACULTY POLICIES
Full-time BE, Part-time BE, BSc(Met) BMet & BSurv BMet & BSurv
Units Year Units Stage Units Stage
0-14 -I 0·6 I 0-7 - I 15-29 -IT 7-15 2 8-15 -2 30-44 -ill 16-24 3 16-23 -3 45 + -IV 25-33 4 24-31 -4
3441 5 32-39 -5 42-50 6 40 + -6 51 + 7
Students enrolled for the final year of any combined course will be classified as Year V.
STANDING FOR TAFE CERTIFICATES
Faculty Board has approved the granting of standing to students enrolling in courses who hold certain TAFE Certificates. The standing Lo be granted will naturally vary according to the TAPE qualification obtained, the course programme in which the candidate is enrolled and the current requirements of that programme. For details of the standing available students should contact the Faculty Secretary.
List of Certificate Courses For Which Standing is Granted
Cartography Certificate I Associate Diploma Civil Engineering Certificate Computer Services Technology Certificate Electrical Engineering Certificate Electronics Engineering Certificate Electronics and Communications Certificate Engineering Survey Certificate Land and Engineering Survey Drafting Certificate Marine Engineering Technology Certificate Mechanical Engineering Certificate Metallurgy Certificate I Associate Diploma Naval Architecture Certificate Production Engineering Certificate Structural Engineering Certificate Surveying Certificate I Higher Certificate
INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE 1. General
For the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering and Bachelor or Metallurgy, students will nonnally be required to complete a total of at least 12 weeks of practical work of a nature acceptable to the Faculty Board. This practical experience may be either gained during long vacations or as part of an Industrial Experience elective.
The University can accept no responsibility for finding employment for students wishing to enrol for Industrial Experience units or to find employment in order to satisfy industrial experience requirements. Students experienCing difficulty in obtaining suitable employment may contact the University'S Careers and Student Employment Office.
2. Full-Time Students
Full-time students will normally gain their practical experience during vacation employment. Students should obtain a statement from their employer certifying the nature and period of the employment undertaken and retain the
19
SECTION FOUR
statement so as to be in a position to provide it when called upon to do so.
3. Part-Time and Sandwich Pattern Students
Students enrolled in the degree of Bachelor of Engineering on a part-time basis may choose to take Industrial Experience units as part of their elective programmes. To be eligible for an Industrial Experience unit, the student must be in approved employment on the 1 November preceding the year in which the unit is to be taken. This approved employment must continue for one calendar year, that is, until the 31 October of the year in which the unit is to be counted. Students enrolled in Industrial Experience units must attend such lectures, seminars, etc, and submit such reports as the relevant Head of Department may require. Nonnally no Industrial Experience unit will be allowed in the first year of enrolment. The following is a list of the maximum number of Industrial Experience units that may be counted towards the degree in the various courses offered.
Chemical Engineering Civil Engineering Computer Engineering Electrical Engineering Industrial Engineering Mechanical Engineering
4 units 4 units 4 units 4 units
- 3 units - 3 units
Students attending on a 'thick' sandwich pattern should consult wilh the Head of their Departments before enrolling in an Industrial Experience subject.
The successful completion of one IndusUial Experience unit satisfies the requirement that students complete 12 weeks practical experience.
4. Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) Students
(i) For the degrees of Bachelor of Science (Engineering) and Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy), students must complete at least three years of practical experience before the 31st January in the year in which the student is to be admitted to the degree. If this requirement is not met admission to the degree may be deferred
(ii) Students transferring from the degree of Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) to the degree of Bachelor of Metallurgy may claim up to five Industtial Experience units as Met. 400 subjects.
EXEMPTIONS 1. Failure in a Subject
Failure in a core subject (grades FF, AF, WF or EF) means that the subject must be repeated in full (except where exemption may be given for laboratory classes - see below). Failure in an Elective subject means that either that subject must be repeated in full or other Elective subject(s) of equivalent unit value must be taken in its place.
2. Exemptions Within Subjects
Exemptions will not be given in a part subject or topic taken within a larger subject even if the content of that pan subject or topic is offered separately as a smaller unit value subject.
20
OTHER FACULTY POLICIES
3. Standing for Work Completed as Part of a Larger Subject
Standing may be granted, where appropriate, for work completed as part of a larger subject ONLY where the larger subject was successfully completed. That is, standing will NOT be granted on the basis of work completed in a part subject or topic which formed pan of a larger subject if a failing grade was awarded in the larger subject concerned.
4. Exemptions for a Laboratory Component of a Subject
In some cases, a student who fails a subject but completed the laboratory component of that subject satisfactorily. may be exempted from repeating that laboratory component. Exemption from a laboratory component is not automatic and should not be assumed. Students should apply to the lecturer responsible for the subject concerned for exemption from laboratory work at the commencement of classes in that subject.
SECTION FIVE
About This Section
This section contains the detailed undergraduate course programmes which have been approved by Faculty Board in accordance with the Regulations Governing Bachelors Degrees in the Faculty of Engineering.
A guide is also provided to the various patterns of attendance by which courses may be completed.
Each course is outlined as an approved full-time programme taken over 4 years. All students complete the relevant approved programme regardless of their pattern of attendance. There are also a number of other sections associated with each approved programme. These cover such aspects as:
• Options within the Approved Programme
• Elective Requirements • Prerequisites. Corequisites and Assumed Knowledge requirements of Core Subjects • The Recommended Pattern of Pan-time Attendance
• Transition Arrangements
Students are expected to be aware of all aspects of the Approved Programme and associated requirements of the course in which they are enrolled.
Enquiries may be directed to the Faculty Secretary or the Head of the Department indicated in the course entry concerned.
GUIDE ON COURSE ATTENDANCE PATTERNS
An Approved Programme is given in this Section for all undergraduate courses. All students must complete the requirements of the relevant Approved Programme regardless of their attendance pattern.
The Faculty of Engineering offers a flexible array of attendance patterns which are designed to suit the individual needs of students. There is no restriction on students choosing a pattern of attendance each year which suits them, so long as academic progress is satisfactory and other course requirements are met. The attendance patterns available are summarised below. Further enquiries may be directed to the Faculty Secretary.
Full-time Attendance
The great majority of students enrolled in the Faculty of Engineering attend as full-time students. Full-time attendance allows full concentration on course requirements during the academic year and is therefore the recommended pattern of attendance. Each course may be completed in a minimum of 4 years of full-time study. The criterion for classification as a full-time student is enrolment in threequarters or more of the normal full time programme. Thus a student enrolled in 12 units or more is regarded as a fulltime student
Part-time Attendance
Each course entry includes a recommended part-time attendance pattern which allows the requirements of the Approved Programme to be completed over 7 part-time stages. Pan-time students are not required to follow that pattern but should do so if they wish to complete the
BACHELOR DEGREE COURSE PROGRAMMES
programme in the minimum 7 years and avoid timetable clashes. While each student enrolled in 11 units or less is regarded as a part-time student. there is no minimum number of subjects in which part-time students must enrol each year. It is therefore possible to enrol in only one subject if such a programme is desired. Pan-time students may also choose to enrol in Industrial Experience subjects and count these units as Elective units as permitted by the Elective Requirements of the relevant course.
It is expected that Stages 1 and 2 of the Recommended Part· time Attendance Pattern of each course will be able to be completed by a single day release attendance pattern which also requires some evening study. After Stage 2. timetabling constraints may require attendance at irregular intervals. Departure from the published programme may lead to timetable clashes. Full time study is recommended after Stage 2.
Sandwicb Programmes
Each course may be undertaken on a 'thick' sandwich attendance pattern in which full-time attendance at University is alternated with full-time employment on an annual basis. This allows work experience to be undertaken in 15 month periods between Years I and II. Years II and III and Years III and IV. Such a pattern would require a minimum of 7 years to complete degree requirements. The number of years of work experience undertaken may vary according to the needs of the student. As this attendance pattern does not require attendance at University when gaining work experience. employment may be undertaken in areas remote from the University thereby adding to the diversity of the experience which may be gained and increasing the opportunities to obtain work experience employment
Students following this pattern should obtain Leave of Absence from their course for each year of work experience and apply for readmission to their course through UCAC.
Traineesbip Pattern
Some traineeships may continue to be offered on the basis of a part-time attendance pattern. however the following programme is recommended as the most suitable method of combining academic course requirements with work experience.
Year 1 Stage 1 Pan-time attendance at University plus vacation work
Year 2 Stage 2 Pan-time attendance at University plus vacation work
Year 3 Year II Full-time attendance at University plus vacation work
Year 4 Year ill Full-time attendance at University
Year 5 Full-time work experience - 15 months (approx.)
Year6 Year IV Full-time attendance at University-completion of studies.
A further 15 month period of work experience could be included between Years II and III resulting in a 7 year minimum programme.
21
SECTION FIVE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING COURSE_PROGRAMME
This attendance pattern allows both the employer and employee a period of assessment in Stages 1 and 2. After completing fIrst year studies, trainees are in a position to give their full attention to their academic studies in Years II, m and IV of their course and to gaining valuable practical experience during the 15 month period(s) of work experience. The length of the major work experience pcriod(s) makes it possible for the trainee to experience a full annual cycle of their employer's operation and to participate in the work of the organisation without being required to attend classes at irregular intervals. There is also no necessity for the major period of work experience to be gained in the local area.
Finding Employment
While the Careers and Student Employment Office of the University will assist students to find employment to complement their chosen attendance pattern, the University cannot accept any responsibility for finding appropriate positions for students.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
The Department of Chemical and Materials Engineering is the department responsible, under the Regulations Governing Bachelors Degrees Offered in the Faculty of Engineering (see Section 3) and the policies of the Faculty Board (see Section 4), for matters relating to the specialisation of Chemical Engineering.
The programme of subjects set out below has been approved by the Faculty Board and leads to the award of the degree of Bachelor of Engineering (BE) in the specialisation of Chemical Engineering.
Students enrolled prior to 1987 should carefully note the transition requirements.
APPROVED PROGRAMME
Subjects Units
Year I
Chemistry I Mathematics I
, ... Physics IA ChEl41 Industrial Process Principles ChE 153 Chemical and Manufacturing Processes GEl51 Introduction to Materials Science
4 4 4 1 2 1
16
Year II
Chemistry IIC 4 ChE242 Process Analysis I 3 ChE262 Transfer Processes I 3 ChE291 Laboratory 2 EM2CO Vector Calculus and Differential
Equations 2 EM2BD Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra 1
15
22
Year III
ChE343 Process Analysis II 2 ChE355 Transfer Processes II 3 ChE363 Separation Processes 2 ChE371 Kinetics and Thennodynamics 1 ChE383 Modelling of Processes 1 ChE391 Laboratory 2
Electives 4
15
Year IV
ChE463 Safety and Environment 1 ChE483 Reaction Engineering 1 ChE486 Process Control 2 ChE491 Seminar 1 ChE496 Research Project 4 ChE497 Design Project 4
Electives 2
15
Notes:
1. Physics IB may be taken in lieu of Physics IA.
2. Standing will be granted in Mathematics 1 to students who complete both Mathematics IS and Mathematics 102. Students who wish to do so will be pennitted to enrol in Mathematics IS and, after successful completion of that subject, permitted to enrol in Mathematics 102. Note that these subjects must be completed over a minimum of two years. Neither Mathematics IS nor Mathematics 102 contribute to W AM calculations.
3. Mathematics lIA (Topics CO, B and D) may be taken in lieu of EM2CO, EM2BD and one unit of Elective.
4. Chemistry lIA (6 units: weight 2) may be taken in lieu of Chemistry lIC and 2 units of Elective. Students are encouraged to consider taking this option. Students wishing to enrol in Chemistry IIA as part of a full Year II programme should take EM2CO in Year III.
SECTION FIVE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAMME
APPROVED PROGRAMME (PROCESS METALLURGY OPTION)
Subjects Units
Year I Chemistry I 4 Mathematics I 4 Physics 1A 4
ChE141 Industrial Process Principles 1 ChE153 Chemical and Manufacturing Processes 2 GE151 Introduction to Materials Science 1
16
Year II
Chemistry lIC 4 ChE242 Process Analysis I 3 ChE262 Transfer Processes I 3 ChE291 Laboratory 2 EM2CO Vector Calculus and Differential
Equations 2 EM2BD Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra 1
15
Year ill ChE343 Process Analysis II 2 ChE355 Transfer Processes II 3 ChE363 Separation Processes 2 ChE371 Kinetics and Thermodynamics 1 ChE374 Theory of Metallurgical Processes 2 ChE383 Modelling of Processes 1 ChE392 Extractive Metallurgy Laboratory 2
Electives 2
15
Year IV
ChE463 Safety and Environment 1 ChE483 Reaction Engineering 1 ChE486 Process Control 2 ChE491 Seminar 1 ChE496 Research Project 4 ChE497 Design Project 4
Electives 2
15
Notes:
1. Physics IB may be taken in lieu of Physics IA.
2. Standing will be granted in Mathematics 1 to students who complete both Mathematics IS and Mathematics 102. Students who wish to do so will be pennitted to enrol in Mathematics IS and, after successful completion of that subject, permitted to enrol in Mathematics 102. Note that these subjects must be completed over a minimum of two years. Neither Mathematics IS nor Mathematics 102 contribute to W AM calculations.
3. Mathematics UA (Topics CO, B and D) may be taken in lieu of EM2CO, EM2BD and one unit of Elective.
4. Chemistry lIA (6 units: weight 2) may be taken in lieu of Chemistry IIC and 2 units of Elective. Students are encouraged to consider taking this option. Students wishing to enrol in Chemistry lIA as part of a full Year II programme should take EM2CO in Year III.
ELECTIVE REQUIREMENTS
(a) The number of Elective units to be taken are: BE (Chemical Engineering) 6 units BE (Chemical Engineering-
Process Metallurgy Option) 4 units
(b) Elective units may consist of any subjects offered within the Faculty of Engineering or other Faculties, subject to the approval of the Head of the Department of Chemical and Materials Engineering and of the Department resJX}nsible for the subject.
Note:
(c)
Elective subjects taken outside the Faculty of Engineering may only be selected from those subjects approved by Faculty Board. The list of approved subjects is presented at the end of Section 6.
Part-time students may count up to four units of Industrial Experience Subjects (ChEOO2 to ChEOO5) as Elective units.
23
SECTION FIVE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAMME
SUBJECTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Students are advised to carefully note the prerequisite. corequisite and assumed knowledge requirements of the subjects in which they wish to enrol. Students who are found to have acted contrary to these requirements without a formal waiver being granted, may be withdrawn from the relevant subject(s) without notice.
Also note that Year III subjects may not normally be taken until Year I is complete and that Year IV subjects may not normally be taken until Year II is complete (see Regulation 3).
Subject
ChEOO2-5
Chemistry lIe ChE242 ChE252 ChE262 ChE29l EM2CO EM2BD
ChE343 ChE355 ChE363 ChE371 ChE372 ChE373 ChE374 ChE383 ChE39l ChE392 ChE452 ChE463 ChE473 ChE474 ChE475 ChE476 ChE48l ChE483 ChE484 ChE485 ChE486 ChE490 ChE49l ChE492 ChE493 ChE494 ChE495 ChE496 ChE496P ChE497 ChE497P
Prerequisite(s)
Part-time Enrolment
Chemistry I Mathematics I Chemistry HC Chern I, Maths I, ChEI41
Mathematics I Mathematics I
ChE242 ChE262, Chern HC, EM2CO ChE262 ChemHC Chern I, ChE262 ChE262
ChE262 ChE343, ChE355, ChE363 ChE343, ChE355 ChE373 ChE355 ChE372, ChE373 ChE355 ChE242 ChE371
EM2CO, ChE383 EM2CO or Mathematics IIA All Year 111 subjects All Year III subjects All Y car 111 subjects All Year 111 subjects All Year 111 subjects All Year III subjects All Year III subjects Ail Year 111 subjects All Year 1lI subjects All Year III subjects
Corequisite(s)
ChE262
ChE262 ChE262
ChE355, ChE363
ChE483 ChE486
Assumed Knowledge
Maths I, Physics IA or IB
EM2CO, EM2BD, ChE242 and ChE262
ChE383
Undergraduate students may only enrol in 500 or 600 level subjects with the permission of the Head of the Department of Chemical and Materials Engineering.
24
SECTION FIVE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAMME
RECOMMENDED PART-TIME ATTENDANCE PATTERNS The Approved Programmes may be completed by 7 Stages as given below. Students considering part-time study are advised to consult the Guide to Attendance Patterns at the beginning of this Section of the Handbook.
Chemical Engineering Chemical Engineering (Process Metallurgy Option)
Mathematics I ChE14l ChE153
Stage 1 Mathematics I ChE14l ChE153 GE15l 8 units GEl51 8 units
Stage 2
Chemistty I Physics IA ChEOO2
Stage 3
Chemistry IIC ChE262 EM2CO
9 units
ChEOO3 10 units
Stage 4
ChE242 ChE29l ChE363 EM2BD ChEOO4 10 units
Stage 5
ChE343 ChE355 ChE371 ChE383 ChE39l ChEOO5 10 units
Year IV (Full·time)
ChE463 ChE483 ChE486 ChE49l ChE496 ChE497 2 Elective units 15 units
I Chemistry 1 Physics IA ChEOO2
Chemistry IIC ChE262 EM2CO
9 units
ChEOO3 10 units
ChE242 ChE29l ChE363 EM2BD ChE004 10 units
ChE343 ChE355 ChE371 ChE374 ChE383 ChEOOS 10 units
ChE392 ChE463 ChE483 ChE486 ChE49l ChE496P ChE497P 15 units
TRANSITION ARRANGEMENTS
The Approved Programme of the Chemical Engineering course was amended with effect from the 1987 academic year. All students enrolled prior to 1987 in this course or a combined degree course of which it fonns part are required to meet the requirements of the new Approved Programme subject to the transition arrangements given below.
Year by Year Transition Year Completed in 1987 Year 1
Year II
Year 111
Required to Complete in Subsequent Years
Year II, Year ill and Year IV
Year III less 1 unit of Elective plus ChE300*, and YearlY Year IV less 1 unit of Elective plus ChE300*
,.. Students may choose to take a full unit of Elective in place of ChE300, in which case they will complete a programme of 61 and one half units.
Subject by Subject Transition
Students out of phase with year by year progression in the Approved Programme and who have completed a particular subject (s) in the list below will not be required to complete the corresponding subject(s) listed.
In the case of multi-unit subjects, students who have completed some but not aU of the "old" subjects listed may complete the remaining subject(s) in that group in 1987 and will then not be required to complete the corresponding "new" subject
These transition arrangements are only available where at least one core subject in each group listed below was passed prior to 1987. They are not alternatives available to students who have not completed any of the subjects in a group. Completion of a unit of Elective but not the associated previous core subject(s), does not entitle a student to enrol in that previous core subject.
Subjects
ChE15l and ChE152 ChE25l, GE206 and GE207 ChE24l, ChE26l and ChE272 or Met26l, ChE26l and ChE272 ChE271
ChE35l, ChE342 and ChE352 ChE353, ChE354, ChE362 and 1 unit of Elective ChE36l ChE382 ChE38l ChE462 and ChE47l ChE472 ChE482 and 1 unit of Elective
Corresponding Subjects
ChE153 ChE242 ChE262
One half-unit of Elective ChE343 ChE355
ChE363 ChE383 1 unit of Elcctive ChE463 1 unit of Elective ChE486
Exceptional Circumstances Arising in Transition
In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in particular transition cases the Dean may determine the transition programme to be followed.
25
SECTION FIVE
The Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying is the department responsible. under the Regulations Governing Bachelors Degrees Offered in the Faculty of Engineering (see Section 3) and the policies of the Faculty Board (see Section 4), for matters relating to the specialisation of Civil Engineering.
The programme of subjects set out below has been approved by the Faculty Board and leads to the award of the degree of Dachelor of Engineering (BE) in the specialisation of Civil Engineering.
Students enrolled prior to 1988 should carefully note the transition requirements.
APPROVED PROGRAMME
Subject
Year I
CE111 GE101 GEI51 MEl 11 SV111
Year II
CE212 CE213 CE223J CE224 CE23 I CE232 EM2CO
GE204 GE205 GE250
Year III .
26
CE314 CE315 CE316 CE324 CE325 CE333 CE334 CE341 CE351 CE372 CE381 GE301
Mathematics I Physics m Mechanics & Structures Introduction to Engineering Introduction to Materials Science Graphics and Engineering Drawing Surveying I
Chemistry IS Mechanics of Solids Theory of Structures Engineering Geology Civil Engineering Materials Fluid Mechanics I Fluid Mechanics II Vector Calculus and Differential Equations Engineering Computations I Engineering Computations II Principles of Electrical Engineering
Theory of Structures II Strucurral Design Stress Analysis Soil Mechanics ·Concrete and Metals Technology Fluid Mechanics III Open Channel Hydraulics Hydrology Civil Engineering Systems Transportation Statistical Methods Technology and Human Values
Units
4 4 I I I I 4
16
2 I I 2 2 I I
2 I I I
15
I 2 I 2 I I I I 1 I I 2
15
CIVIL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAMME
Year IV
CE417 CE426 CE442 CE443 CE452 CE453 CE454 CE455
Notes:
Theory of Structures III Geotechnical Engineering Public Health Engineering Water Resources Engineering Civil Engineering Management Civil Engineering Construction Civil Engineering Design Project Electives
I I I I I I 2 2 5
IS
1. Physics IA may be substituted for Physics IB, with the approval of the Head of Department This option is recommended for students with a strong mathematics/physics background who may wish to follow a combined degree programme or otherwise undertake further studies in Physics.
2. Standing will be granted in Mathematics 1 to students who complete both Mathematics IS and Mathematics 102. Students who wish to do so will be permitted to enrol in Mathematics IS and, after successful completion of that subject, permitted to enrol in Mathematics 102. Note that these subjects must be completed over a minimum of two years. Neither Mathematics IS nor Mathematics 102 contribute to W AM calculations.
3. SV 111 involves a compulsory five-day series of surveying field exercises.
4. Chemistry I may replace Chemistry IS and 2 units of Elective.
5. CE223J involves two compulsory one-day field excursions.
6. Geology I may replace CE223J Engineering Geology and 2 units of Elective.
7.
8.
Mathematics IIA or lIB may replace EM2CO and 2 units of Elective provided Topic CO is included.
In exceptional circumstances and with permission of the Head of Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying, CE456 Project may replace CE454 Civil Engineering Design and CE455 Project.
SECTION FIVE
ELECTIVE REQUIREMENTS
Five Elective units may be chosen from the following list of subi""ts offered by the Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying subject to the approval of the Head of that Department Not all Elective subjects may be offered in any one year.
CE418 CE419 CE427 CE435 CE473 CE474 CE482 CE490 CE491 CE092 CE093 CE094 CE095 SV361 SV472 SV473
Subjec' Units Masoory and Timber Design Dynamics and Stability of Structures Rock Mechanics River and Coastal Engineering Engineerin8 Surveying II Highway Engineering Finite Element Methods Special Topic Special Topic Industrial Experience Industrial Experience Industrial Experience Industrial Experience Pbotogrammetry Land Valuatioo Town Planning
I I I I 1 I I I 1 I I I 1 2 I I
The five Elective units may consist of any subjeclS from the above list or any subjects offered within the Faculty of Engineering at 300 or 400 level, or by other Faculties subject to the approval of the Heads of the Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying and of the Department responsible for the SUbject
Note: Elective subjects taken outside the Faculty of Engineering may ooly be selected from those subjects approved by Faculty Board. The list of approved subjects is presented at the end of Section 6.
CIVIL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAMME
27
SECTION FIVE CIVIL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAMME
SUBJECTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
Students are advised to carefully note the prerequisite, corequisite and assumed knowledge requirements of the subjects in which they wish to enrol. Students who are found to have acted contrary to these requirements without a fonnal waiver being granted, may be withdrawn from the relevant subject(s) without notice.
Also note that Year III subjects may not nonnaUy be taken until Year I is complete and that Year IV subjects may not normally be taken until Year II is complete (see Regulation 3).
Subject CE092-5
CE212 CE213 CE2231 CE224 CE23 I CE232 EM2CO GE204 GE205 GE250
CE314 CE315 CE316 CE324 CE325 CE333 CE334 CE341 CE35 I CE372 CE381 GE301
CE417 CE418 CE419 CE426 CE427 CE435 CE442 CE443 CE452 CE453 CE454 CE455 CE456 CE473 CE474 CE482 CE490 CE491
28
Prerequlslte(s) Part-time Enrolment
CE111 CE111
CE23 I Mathematics I Mathematics I GE204
CE213 CE212 CE212
CE231
EM2CO
EM2CO
All Year ill subjects All Year III subjects All Year III subjects SV111 (or CEI71)
GE204, GE205
Corequlslte(s) Assumed Knowledge
Mathematics I
GEI51 Maths I, Phys IA or IB
CE212 CE213 CE213 CE212 CE224, GEI51 CE232 CE333 CE232, CE381
GE204 or SV232
CE314, CE315, CE316 CE314, CE315 CE314 CE324 CE324 CE334 Chern IS CE34I, CE351
CE372
SECTION FiVE
RECOMMENDED PART-TIME ATTENDANCE PATTE,RN The APJ/'Oved Prognunme may be completed by 7 Stages as given below. Students considering parHime study are advised to consult the Guide to Attendance Patterns at the beginning of this Section of the Handbook.
Sla.e 1 Mathematics CE111 GEIOI GEI51 MEll1
SIa.e 2 PhysicsIB SV111
SIa.e 3 EM2CO Chemistry IS CE212 CE213 CE224 GE250
SIa.e 4 CE223J CE231 CE232 CE314 CE316 GE204 GE205 1 Elective unit
Slage 5 CE315 CE324 CE333 CE334
8 units GE301 1 Elective unit 9 units
Slage 6 8 units CE325
CE341 CE351 CE372 CE381 CE417 CE426 CE442
9 units 1 Elective unit 9 units
9 units
Sla.e 7 CE443 CE452 CE453 CE454 CE455 2 Elective units 9units
TRANSITION ARRANGMENTS
The ApprQved Programme of the Civil Engineering course bas been ameaded with effect from the 1988 academic year. All studenUJ enrolled in this course or a combined degree course of which it forms Put. are required to meet the requiremeilfs of the new Approved Prognunme SUbject to the transition arrangements given below.
Year By Year TraDsidoD
Ylllr Completed ira R,q"ired to Complete 1987 /II SubSlqutnt rears Year I Year lliess GE250 plus I
unit of Elective. Year III and Year IV Year W and YearIV
YearIV
CIVIL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAMME
Subject by Subject Transition Students out of phase with year by year progression in the Approved Programme and who have completed a particular subject or subjects in the list below will not be required to complete the corresponding subject or subjects listed.
Subjects
EE130
CEl7l and 2 units of Elective CEI50 GE211
Corresponding Subjects
GE250 Principles of Electrical Engineering SVll1 Surveying I 1 Elective unit I Elective unit
Exceptional Circumstances Arising in Transition
In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in particular transition cases the Dean may determine the transition programme to be followed.
MINING ENGINEERING
As pointed out in Section 2 of this Handbook, students who have completed two years of the Civil Engineering course in this University may complete the B.E. degree in the Mining Engineering speciality at the University of New South Wales. Such Students are normally admitted to the third year of that course by the University of New South Wales. Students wishing to complete the Mining Engineering wurse should complete Years I and II of the Approved Programme in Civil Engineering by either part-time attendance or a combination of part-time and full-time attendsnce,
Further infonnation regarding transfer arrangements and the programme for study in Years U and III of the Mining Engineering programme may be obtained from: The Head, School of Mines. The University of New South Wales, PO Box I, Kensington NSW 2033.
29
SECTION FIVE COMPUTER ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAMME
The Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering is the deparUnent responsible, under the Regulations Governing Bachelors Degrees Offered in the Faculty of Engineering (see Section 3) and the policies of the Faculty Board (see Section 4), for matters relating to the specialisation of Computer Engineering.
The programme of subjects set out below has been approved by the Faculty Board and leads to the award of the degree of Bachelor or Engineering (BE) in the specialisation of Computer Engineering.
Students enrolled prior to 1988 should carefully note the transition requirements.
APPROVED PROGRAMME
Subjects Units Year I
Mathematics I 4 Physics IA 4
EEIOO Electrical and Computer Engineering I 4 GE101 Introduction to Engineering I GEI51 Introduction to Materials Science I CElli Mechanics and Suuctures I MElli Graphics and Engineering Drawing I
16
Year II Computer Science I 4 Mathematics IIA 4
EE200 Electrical Engineering II 5 Ph221 Electromagnetics and Quantum
Mechanics 2
15
Year III Computer Science II '" 4
EE320 Electronics 3 EE350 Communications 2 EE370 Computer Engineering II 4 GE361 Automatic Control 2
15
Year IV EE483 Computer Engineering Project 4 EE485 Seminar I
Computer Engineering Electives 6 General Electives 4
15
"'Notes: 1. All students enrolled prior to 1988 should carefully
note the Transition Requirements and amended Elective Requirements published later in this section.
2. Standing will be granted in Mathematics 1 to students who complete both Mathematics IS and Mathematics 102. Students who wish to do so wi11 be pennitted to enrol in Mathematics IS and, after successful completion of that subject, permitted to enrol in
30
Mathematics 102. Note that these subjects must be completed over a minimum of two years. Neither Mathematics IS nor Mathematics 102 contribute to W AM calculations.
3. Only Computer Engineering students who have completed Computer Science I may enrol in Computer Science II. Those students granted standing in Computer Science I under 1987 transition arrangements will be provided with a transition programme.
ELECTIVE REQUIREMENTS
1. General Electives must be chosen from the list given below, except that:
a) Part-time students may count up to 4 units of Industrial Experience subjects (EE092-5) as General Electives; and
b) In exceptional circumstances, the Head of the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering may pennit students to take subjects approved by Faculty Board for Elective purposes (see Section 6) in place of those listed below in satisfaction of General Elective requirements. Enrolment in subjects other than those listed below will not be approved by the Dean unless the application is accompanied by written permission of the Head of Department.
General Eleclives ("'preferred)
GE301 Technology & Human Values I * :ME481 Engineering Administration '" ME482 Engineering Economics I '" Economics I Psychology I Philosophy I Mathematics IIC Mathematics IICS
Units 2 I I 4 4 4 4 4
2.Computer Engineering Electives must be chosen from the list given below.
Compuler Engineering Elecli.,es Unils EE420 Advanced Electronics 2 EE440 Advanced Control 2 EE450 Advanced Communications 2 EE460 Computer Software 2 EE470 Computer Systems 2
Not all Computer Engineering Electives may be available in anyone year.
SECTION FIVE COMPUTER ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAMME
SUBJEC:rS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
Students /.tre advised to carefully note the prerequisite. corequisite and assumed knowledge requirements of the subjects in which they wish to enrol. Students who are found to have acted contrary to these requirements without a formal waiver being granted. may be withdrawn from the relevant subject(s) without notice.
Also' note that Year m subjects may not normally be taken until Year I is complete and that Year IV subjects may not nonnally be taken until Year II is complete (sec Regulation 3).
Subject Prerequlslte(s) Part-time Enrolment
Mathematics I
Corequlsile(s) Assumed Knowledge
EE09 subjects
Mathematics ITA EE200 Ph221
Computer Science II EE310 EE320 EE350 EE370 GE361
EE420 EE440 EE450 EE460 EE470 EE483
EEIOO and Mathematics I Physics IA
Computer Science I EE200 EE200 EE200 EEIOO Mathematics ITA
EE320 GE361 EE350 Computer Science II EE370 All Year ill subjects
Physics IA Mathematics I
Ph221 Ph221 Ph221
EE370
EE485 EE483 or EE485
Unda"graduate students may only enrol in 500 or 600 level subjects with the permission of the Head of the Deparunent of EIecttical and Computer Engineering. •
The prerequisite-requirements of transition subjects are given in the relevant subject descriptions.
RECOMMENDED PART-TIME ATTENDANCE PATTERN
The Approved Programmes may be completed by 7 Stages as given below. Students considering part-time study are advised to consult the Guide to Attendance Patterns at the beginning of this Section of the Handbook.
Stage 1 Stage 5 Mathematics I Computer Science II EEIOO 8 units EE370
(EE095)* 9 units Stage 2 Physics IA Stage 6 GEIOI GE361 GEI51 EE350 GEl 11 4 units - General Electives '" MElli 2 units - Computer Eng. (IlIl(m)' 8 units Electives
10 units Stage 3 Matbematics ITA Stage 7 EE200 4 units - Computer Eng (EE093)' 9 units Electives
EE483 Stale 4 EE485 9 units Computer Science I Ell320 Ph22l (EE094)' 9 units
'" Students may elect to complete 4 industrial experience elective units EE092 - EE095 in lieu of 4 units of General Elective in Stage 6. In such cases the maximum rate at which industrial experience electives may be completed is one per year. The recommended pattern of EE09 subjects is shown in brackets. Taking 09 subjects in Stages 2 to 5 will allow students to bring Electrical or Computer Engineering Electives forward from Stage 7 to Stage 6.
TRANSITION ARRANGMENTS
The Approved Programme in Computer Engineering has been amended with effect from the 1988 academic year to complete the revision commenced in 1987. All students enrolled in this course or a combined degree course of which it fonns part, are required to meet the requirements of the new Approved Programme subject to the transition arrangements given below.
1. Students who commenced studies in 1987 will not be affected by the transition unless they were granted standing in subjects counting in Years III or IV.
2. Other students will be individually advised of the transition programme which they are required to follow in order to complete degree requirements. This programme, when taken with the subjects completed prior to 1988 will total 61 units for students first enrolled in the course in 1987 and 60 units for students who were enrolled in the course priorto 1987.
3. Note that only Computer Engineering students who have completed Computer Science I may enrol in Computer
31
SECTION FIVE ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAMME
Science II. Students who were granted standing in Computer Science I under the 1987 transition arrangements will be advised of the transition subjects to be completed in lieu of Computer Science II.
Subject by Subject Transition The transition arrangements to be determined for each student will generally be based on the table of corresponding subjects presented below. The table is presented here as a matter of record. Subjects Corresponding
Mathematics liB Parts I and 2 EE313 andEE314
EE323. EE324 and EE315
Subjects
Mathematics ITA EE310 Power and Machines EE320 Electtonics
EE333 I unit to be detamined
EE451 and EE344 EE350 Communications
EE326. EE362. GE325 and EE463 EE370 Computer Engineering II
EE4 13 and EE417 EE4 10 Advanced Power and Machines
EE421 and EE422 EE420 Advanced Electronics
EE345 and EE447 EE450 Advanced Communications
EE426 and EE525 EE470 Computer Systems
EE486 EE483. EE485 and I unit to be determined.
Exceptional Circumstances Arising in Transition In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in particular transition cases the Dean may detennine the transition programme to be followed.
32
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
The Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering is the department responsible, under the Regulations Governing Bachelors Degrees Offered in the Faculty of Engineering (see Section 3) and the policies of the Faculty Board (see Section 4). for matters relating to the specialisation of Electrical Engineering. The programme of subjects set out below has been approved by the Faculty Board and leads to the award of the degree of Bachelor of Engineering (BE) in tbe specialisation of Electrical Engineering. Students enrolled prior to 1988 should carefully note the transition requirements.
APPROVED PROGRAMME
Subjects Units Year I
EElOO GEIOI GEI51 CElll MElli
Year n
EE200 EE265 ME231 Ph221
Year III
EE3!O EE320 EE350 EE370 GE361 ME309
Year IV EE484 EE485
• Notes:
Mathematics I Physics IA Electrical and Computer Engineering I Introduction to Engineering Introduction to Materials Science Mechanics and Structures Grapbics and Engineering Drawing
4 4 4 I I I I
16
Mathematics lIA 4 Electrical Engineering n 5 Electrical Engineering Computations 2 Dynamics 2 Electromagnetics and Quantum Mechanics2
Power and Machines Electronics Communications Computer Engineering II Automatic Control Mechanical Engineering Science
Electrical Engineering Project Seminar Electrical Engineering Electives General Electives
15
2 3 2 4 2 2
15
4 I 6 4
IS
1. Students enrolled prior to 1987 are not required to complete GEIOJ.
2. All students enrolled prior to 1988 should carefully note the Transition Requirements and amended Elective Requirements published later in this section.
SECTION FIVE ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAMME
3. Standing will be granted in Mathematics 1 to students wti,o complete both Mathematics IS and Mathematics 102. Students who wish to do so will be permitted to enrol in Mathematics IS and. after successful completion of that subject, penniued to enrol in Mathematics 102. Note that these subjects must be completed over a minimum of two years. Neither Mathematics IS nor Mathematics 102 contribute to W AM calculations.
ELECTIVE REQUIREMENTS
1. General Electives must be chosen from the list given below. except that : a) Part-time students may count up to 4 units of
Industrial Experience subjects (EE092-5) as General Electives; and
b) In exceptional circumstances, the Head of the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering may permit students to take subjects approved by Faculty Board for Elective pwposes (see Section 6) in place of those listed below. in satisfaction of General Elective requirements. Enrolment in subjects other than those listed below will not be approved by the
SUBJECTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
Dean unless the application is accompanied by written pennission of the Head of Department.
General Electives (*preferred) Units
GE301 Technology & Human Values I • 2 MEA81 Engineering Administration * 1 MEA82 Engineering Economics I '" I
Economics I 4 Psychology I 4 Philosophy I 4 Mathematics IIC 4 Mathematics IICS 4
2.Electrical Engineering Electives must be chosen from the list given below.
Electrical Engineering Electives Units
EE410 Advanced Power and Machines 2 EE420 Advanced Electronics 2 EE440 Advanced Control 2 EE450 Advanced Communications 2 EE470 Computer Systems 2
Not all Electn~ Engineering Electives may be available in anyone year.
Stu.dents are ~dvised to carefully note the prerequisite. corequisite and assumed knowledge requirements of the subjects in which they WISh to enrol. Students who are found to have acted contrary to these requirements without a formal waiver being granted. may be withdrawn from the relevant subject(s) without notice. Also note that Year m subjects may not normally be taken until Year I is complete and that Year IV subjects may not normally be aiken until Year II is complete (see Regu1ation 3).
Subj.ct
EE09 subjects
Mathematics IIA EE200 EE26S ME231 Ph221
EE310 EE320 EE350 EE370 GE361 ME309
EE410 EE420 EE440 EE4SO EE470 EE484 EE48S
Prlrlqulslte(s)
Part-time Enrolment
Mathematics I EElOOand Mathematics I Mathematics I
Pbysics IA EE200 EE200 EE200 EElOO Mathematics IIA
EE310 EE320 GE361 EE350 EE370 All Year ill subjects
C.rlqulsll.(s)
EE483 or EE485
Assumed Knowledge
Physics IA
Maths I. Physics IA Mathematics I Ph221 Ph221 Ph221
Maths I. Physics IA
Undel"graduate students may only enrol in 500 or 600 level subjects with the permission of the Head of the Department of Electrical and Cootpute< Engineering .
The prerequisite requirements of transition subjects are given in the relevant subject descriptions.
33
SECTION FIVE ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAMME
RECOMMENDED PART-TIME ATTENDANCE PATTERN
The Approved Programme may be completed by 7 Stages as given below. Students considering part-time study are advised to consult the Guide to Attendance Patterns at the beginning of this Section of the Handbook.
Stage 1 Mathematics I EElOO 8 units
Stage 2 Physics lA GE101 GEI51 GEllI MElli (EE092)* 8 units
Stage 3 Mathematics ITA .EE200 (EE093)* 9 units
Stage 4 EE265 EE320 ME231 Ph221 (EE094)* 9 units
Stage 5 EE310 EE350 EE370 (EE095)*
Stage 6 GE361 ME309
9 units
4 units - General Electives· 2 units - Eleclrical Eng.
Electives 10 units
Stage 7 4 units - Electrical Eng
Electives EE484 EE485 9 units
TRANSITION ARRANGEMENTS
The Approved Programme in Electrical Engineering has been amended with effect from the 1988 academic year to complete the revision commenced in 1987. All students enrolled in this course or a combined degree course of which it forms part, are required to meet the requirements of the new Approved Programme subject to the transition arrangements given below.
1. Students who commenced studies in 1987 will not be affected by the transition unless they were granted standing in subjects counting in Years III or IV.
2. Other students will be individually advised of the transition programme which they are required to follow in order to complete degree requirements. This programme, when taken with the subjects completed prior to 1988 will total 61 units for students commencing the course in 1987 and 60 units for students who were enrolled in the course prior to 1987.
34
Subject by Subject Transition
The transition arrangements to be determined for each student will generally be based on the table of c6rrespondmg subjects presented below. The table is presented here as a matter of record
Subjects Corresponding Subject.
Mathematics lIB Parts I and 2 Mathematics IIA
MEI31 andME232 ME231 Dynamics
EE313 and EE314 EE310 Pow", and Machines
EE323. EE324 andEE315 EE320 Electronics
EE333 I unit to be determined
EE451 andEE344 EE350 Communications
EE326. EE362 and 2 units EE370 Computer of Year m Elective Engineering II
ME251 and ME271 ME309 Mechanical Engineering Science
EE413 and EE417 EE410 Advanred Power and Machines
EE421 andEE422 EE420 Advanced Electronics
EE345 and EE447 EE450 Advanred Communications
EE426 and EE525 EB470 Computer Systems
EE486 EE484. EE485 and I unit to be determined.
Exceptional Circumstances Arising in Transition
In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in particular transition cases the Dean may determine the transition programme to be followed.
SECTION FIVE INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAMME
The Department of Mechanical Engineering is the department responsible, under the Regulations Governing Bachelors Degrees Offered in the Faculty of Engineering (see Section 3) and the policies of the Faculty Board (see Section 4), for matters relating to the specialisation of Industrial Engineering.
The programme of subjects set out below has been approved by the Faculty Board and leads to the award of the degree of Bachelor of Engineering (BE) in the specialisation of Industrial Engineering.
Students enrolled prior to 1987 should carefully note the transition requirements.
APPROVED PROGRAMME
Subjects Units Year I
CElli EElOO GE101 GEI51 MElli
Year II EM2CO
EM2AS GE204 GE205 Mat211 ME204 ME214 ME215 ME231 ME251 ME271
Year III GE211
GE301 GE325 GE361 ME316 ME333 ME343 ME381 ME383 ME482 ME487
ME488
Mathematics I Physics IB Mechanics and Structures Electrical and Computer Engineering I Introduction to Engineering Introduction to Materials Science Graphics and Engineering Drawing
Vector Calculus and Differential Equations Applied Statistics Engineering Computations I Engineeri,ng Computations II Selection and Use of Materials I Experimental Methods I Mechanics of Solids I Mechanical Engineering Design I Dynamics Fluid Mechanics I Thermodynamics I
Theory and Applications of Electrical
4 4 I 4 I I I
16
2 I I I I 2 I 2 2 I I
15
Energy Conversion 1 Technology and Human Values I 2 Microprocessor Systems and Applications 1 Automatic Control 2 Mechanical Engineering Design n 2 Dynamics of Machines 1 Mechanics of Solids II 1 Methods Engineering 1 Quality Engineering I Engineering Economics I 1 Operations Research-Fundamental Techniques Operations Research-Planning, Inventory Control and Management
15
Year IV ME483 Production Scheduling ME484 Engineering Economics II ME485 Numerical Control and Computer
Aided Manufacturing I ME496 Project/Seminar 4
Electives 8
15
Notes:
1. Physics IA may be taken in lieu of Physics lB. This is recommended for students with a strong mathematics/physics background who may wish to follow a combined degree programme or otherwise undertake further studies in Physics.
2. Standing will be granted in Mathematics 1 to students who complete both Mathematics IS and Mathematics 102. Students who wish to do so will be permitted to enrol in Mathematics IS and, after successful completion of that subject, permitted to enrol in Mathematics 102. Note that these subjects must be completed over a minimum of two years. Neither Mathematics IS nor Mathematics 102 contribute to W AM calculations.
3. The final year project may be expanded by the selection of Project Elective Units Jyffi497 or ME498. Students may enrol in eithcr of these electives only with the written approval of the Head of the Department, after suitable supervisory arrangements have been made.
ELECTIVE REQUIREMENTS
Eight elective units shall be chosen in accordance with the following rules:
1. Elective units shall be selected from the list of Approved Elective Subjects (except as provided below).
2. At least one unit of Elective must be chosen from ME400 level subjects.
3. Part-time students may select up to 3 units from the Industrial Experience units offered by the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
4. In exceptional circumstances, the Head of the Department of Mechanical Engineering may approve the selection of elective units not listed in the list of Approved Elective Subjects.
Approved Elective Subjects
The list of approved Elective subjects is set out in the Mechanical Engincering section. In addition, Industrial Engineering students may select ME413 Mechanical Engineering Design III.
SUBJECTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
Students are advised to carefully note the prerequisite, corequisite and assumed knowledge requirements of the subjects in which they wish to enrol. Students who are
35
SECTION FIVE INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAMME
found to have acted contrary to these requirements without a fonnal waiver being granted, may be withdrawn from the relevant subject(s) without notice.
Also note that Year III subjects may not normally be taken until Year I is complete and that Year IV subjects may not normally be taken until Year II is complete (see Regulation 3).
The prerequisite, corequisite and assumed knowledge requirements relevant to the Industrial Engineering programme are listed in the Mechanical Engineering, section.
RECOMMENDED PART-TIME ATTENDANCE PATTERN
The Approved Programme may be completed by 7 Stages as given below. Students considering part-time study are advised to consult the Guide to Attendance Patterns at the beginning of this Section of the Handbook.
Stagel Stage 5 Mathematics I GE325 CElli GE361 GE101 ME333 GEI5! ME343 MElli 8 units ME381
Stage 2 Physics IB EEiOO
Stage 3 EM2CO Mat2ll ME204 ME214 ME231 ME092
Stage 4 EM2AS GE204 GE2ll ME215 ME251 ME271 ME093
36
8 units
9 units
9 units
ME383 ME482 ME094
Stage 6 GE301 ME316 ME484 ME487 ME488 2 Elective units
Stage 7 ME483 ME485 ME496 3 Elective units
9 units
9 units
9 units
TRANSITION ARRANGEMENTS
The Approved Programme of the Industrial Engineering course was amended with effect from the 1987 academic year. All students enrolled in this course or a combined degree course of which it forms part, are required to meet the requirements of the new Approved Programme subject to the transition arrangements given below.
Year by Year Transition
Year Completed in Required to Complete 1986 in Subsequent Years
Year I Year II less ME2!5 and ME231 plus EE13IT, ME212, ME232 and 1 unit of Elective Year III and Year IV
Year II Year III less GE325 plus GE205
Year III
Year IV less 1 unit of elective plus GE325
YearN
Subject by Subject Transition
Subject by subject transition arrangements are identical to the arrangements for the Mechanical Engineering programme (see the Mechanical Engineering section for details) except in the case of those students who have completed "ME413 Design III prior to 1987.
Industrial Engineering students who have completed 1vlE413 will count that subject as one unit of Elective.
Exceptional Circumstances Arising in Transition
In order to provide fOf exceptional circumstances arising in particular transition cases the Dean may determine the transition programme to be followed.
SECTION FIVE MATERIALS ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAMME
The Department of Chemical and Materials Engineering is the department responsible. und~r the Regulations Governing Bachelors Degrees Offered 10 the Faculty of Engineering (see Section 3) and the policies of the Faculty Board (see Section 4), for matters relating to the specialisation of Materials Engineering.
The programme of subjects set out below has been approved by the Faculty Board and leads to the award of the degree of Bachelor of Engineering (BE) in the specialisation of Materials Engineering.
This cowse is to be introduced in 1988 for the first time. Year I and Year II subjects will be offered in 1988, Year 111 subjects are expected to be offered in 1989 and Year IV subjects offered in 1990.
APPROVED PROGRAMME
Subjects
Year I
CEll1 ME 11 I GE101 GEI51
Year II
Mathematics I Chemistry I Physics IA* Mechanics & Structure Graphics & Engineering Drawing Introduction to Engineering* Introduction to Materials Science
EM2CO Vector Calculus & Differential
Units
4 4 4 I I I I
16
Equations 2 EM2BD Complex Analysis & Linear
Algebra I GE204 Engineering Computations I I GE205 Engineering Computations II I ME214 Mechanics of Solids 1* 1 ME215 Mechanical Engineering Design I 2 Mat203 Materials Engineering I 3 Mat205 Materials Engineering Labomtory 3 Mat211 Selection & Use of Materials I
15
Year TIl ChE371 Kinetics & Thennodynamics I ME3!6 Mechanical Engineering Design 11 2 Mat303 Materials Engineering II 5 Mat305 Materials Engineering Labomtory II 2 Mat311 Selection & Use of Materials II I Mat355 Electrochemistry & Corrosion 1
Elective 3
Year IV ME482 Engineering Economics I ME484 Engineering Economics II Mat491 Seminar Mat496 Research Project
Mat400 level Electives Electives
15
I I I 4 4 4
15
• Notes :
I. With the approval of the Head of Department: Physics IB may be taken in lieu of Physics IA; ChE141 may be taken in lieu of GEI01 ; and CE212 may be taken in lieu of ME214.
2. Sumding will be granted in Mathematics 1 to students who complete both Mathematics IS and Mathematics 102. Students who wish to do so will be permitted to enrol in Mathematics IS and. after successful completion of that subject. permitted to enrol in Mathematics 102. Note that these subjects must be completed over a minimum of two years. Neither Mathematics IS nOf Mathematics 102 contribute to W AM calculations.
ELECTIVE REQUIREMENTS
i) Mat400 level Electives
a) These Elective units may be selected from any Mat400 level subjects not included in the Approved Programme.
b) Part-time students may count Industrial Engineering subjects (Mat003 - Mat006) as Mat400 level Elective units.
ii) Electives
a) Subject to the approval of the Head of the Department of Chemical and Materials Engineering. Elective units may be selected from: additional Mat400 level subjects; subjects offered in other engineering specialisations within the Faculty of Engineering; or from the Faculty of Engineering list of Approved Elective Units (see Section 6).
b) Part-time students may count Industrial Engineering subjects (Mat003 - MatOO6) as Elective units.
37
SECTION FIVE MATERIALS ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAMME
SUBJECTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
Students are advised to carefully note the prerequisite, corequisite and assumed knowledge requirements of the subjects in which they wish to enrol. Students who are found to have acted contrary to these requirements without a fonnal waiver being granted. may be withdrawn from the relevant subject(s) without notice. Also note that Year III subjects may not nonnally be taken until Year I is complete and that Year IV subjects may not nonnally be taken until Year II is complete (see Regulation 3).
Subject Prerequisite(s) Corequisite(s) Assumed Knowledge
Mat003-6 Part-time Enrolment
EM2CO Mathematics I EM2BD Mathematics I GE204 Mathematics I GE205 GE204 Matl03 GEI51 Mat205 Matlll GEI51 ME214 CElli Maths I ME215 CElli, MElli ME214
Mat311 Matlll
Mat300 level subjects (other than Mat311) and Mat400 level subjects will not be offered in 1988.
RECOMMENDED PART·TIME ATTENDANCE PATTERN
The Approved Programme may be completed by 7 Stages as given below. Students considering part-time study are advised to consult the Guide to Attendance Patterns at the beginning of this Section of the Handbook.
Stage 1 Stage 2 Mathematics I Physics IA * CEllI Chemistry I 8 units MElli GEiOI GEISI 8 units
Stage 3 Stage 4 EM2CO EM2BD GE204 ME214* GE205 Matl03 ME215 Matl05 Mat211 Mat 004 9 units MatOO3 > 8 units
Stage 5 Stage 6 ChE371 Mat303 ME316 Mat305 Mat311 MatOO6 Mat355 ME482 3 Elective units ME484 10 units MatOO5 9 units
Stage 7 Mat491 Mat496 4 Elective units 9 units
38
SECTION FIVE MECHANICAL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAMME
The Department of Mechanical Engineering is the deparnnent responsible, under the Regulations Governing Bachelors Degrees Offered in the Faculty of Engineering (see Section 3) and the policies of the Faculty Board (see Section 4), for matters relating to the specialisation of Mechanical Engineering.
The programme of subjects set out below has been approved by the Faculty Board and leads to the award of the degree of Bachelor of Engineering (BE) in the specialisation or Mechanical Engineering.
Students enrolled prior to 1987 should carefully note the transition requirements.
APPROVED PROGRAMME
Subjects
Year 1
CElli EElOO GE101 GEI51 MElli
Year II
EM2AS EM2CO
GE204 GE205 Matlll ME204 ME214 ME215 ME231 ME251 ME271
Year DI
GE211
GE301 GE361 Mat311 ME305 ME316 ME333 ME343 ME353 ME373
Year IV
Mathematics I Physics IB Mechanics and Structures Electrical and Computer Engineering Introduction to Engineering Introduction to Materials Science Graphics and Engineering Drawing
Applied Statistics Vector Calculus and Differential Equations Engineering Computations I Engineering Computations II Selection and Use of Materials I Experimental Methods I Mechanics of Solids I Mechanical Engineering Design I Dynamics Fluid Mechanics I Thennodynamics I
Theory and Applications of Electrical Energy Conversion Technology and Hwnan Values I Automatic Control Selectioo and Use of Materials II Experimental Methods IT Mechanical Engineering Design IT Dynamics of Machines Mechanics of Solids IT Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer Thennodynamics II
ME413 Mechanical Engineering Design III ME496 Project/Seminar
Electives
Units
4 4 I 4 I I I
16
I
2 I I I 2 I 2 2 I I
15
I 2 2 I I 2 I I 3 I
15
I 4
10
15
Notes: 1. Physics IA may be taken in lieu of Physics m .. This is
recommended for students with a strong mathematics/physics background who may wish to follow a combined degree programme or otherwise undertake further studies in Physics.
2. Standing will be granted in Mathematics 1 to students who complete both Mathematics IS and Mathematics 102. Students who wish to do so will be pennitted to enrol in Mathematics IS and. after successful completion of that subject. pennitted to enrol in Mathematics 102. Note that these subjects must be completed over a minimum of two years. Neither Mathematics IS nor Mathematics 102 contribute to W AM calculations.
3. The final year project may be expanded by the selection of Project Elective Units ME497 or ME498. Students may enrol in either of these electives only with the written approval of the Head of the Department. after suitable supervisory arrangements have been made.
ELECTIVE REQUIREMENTS
Ten elective units shall be chosen in accordance with the following rules:
1. Elective units shall be selected from the list of Approved Elective Subjects (except as provided in rules 3 and 4 below).
2. At least four units of Elective must be chosen from ME400 level subjects.
3. No more than 4 units may be selected from Strand 7 -Humanities.
4. Part-time students may select up to 3 units from the Industrial Experience units offered by the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
S. In exceptional circumstances, the Head of the Department of Mechanical Engineering may approve the selection of elective units not listed in the list of Approved Elective Subjects.
Approved Elective Subjects
The following subjects have been approved for selection by Mechanical Engineering and Industtial Engineering students in accordance with the Elective Requirements of their respective course.
It is strongly recommended that students concentrate their choice of elective units in at least one of strands 1 to S.
Notes: 1. Not all of the subjects listed below may be available
in every year. Before selecting Electives. students should consult the University Timetable.
2. Timetable clashes may prevent the selection of certain combinations of Elective subjects.
39
SECTION FIVE MECHANICAL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAMME
Strand 1 EM2JID Mat3l1 Mat411 ME353 ME434 ME444 ME445 ME453 ME473 ME474
Strand 2 GE325
ME405 ME414
ME485
Strand 3 CE314 CE315 ME384 ME410 ME414
ME419 ME420 ME421 ME485
Strand 4
ME381 ME383 ME414
ME419 ME420 ME421 ME422 ME481 ME482 ME483 ME484 ME487
ME488
Strand 5 ME407 ME409 SV472 SV473
40
Engineering Science Units Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra I Selection and Use of Materials II I Selectioo and Use of Materials ill I Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer 3 Dynamics of Machines II I Fracblre Mechanics I Mechanics of Solids m I Fluid Mechanics ill I Thennodynsrnics ill I Heat Transfer IT I
Computing Microprocessor Systems and Applications I Advanced Numerical Programming I Computer Aided Design and Maoufacturing I CS - Coounercial Programming I Numerical Control and Computer Aided Maoufacturing
Design Theory of Structures ill I Structural Design 2 Design for Production I I Advanced Design Concepts I Computer Aided Design and Maoufacturing I CS - Commercial Programming I Bulk Materials Handling Systems I I Bulk Materials Handling Systems II I Conveying of Bulk Solids I Numerical Control and Computer Aided Maoufacturing
Systems Analysis, Operations Research and Industrial Engineering Methods Engineering I Quality Engineering I Computer Aided Design and
, Maoufacturing I • CS - Commercial Programming I
Bulk Materials Handling Systems I I Bulk Materials Handling Systems IT I Conveying of Bulk Solids I Maintenance Engineering I Engineering Administration I Engineering Economics I I Productioo Scheduling I EngineeringEcooom~sIT I Openuions Research: Fundamental Teclmiques Operatioos Research: Planning, Inventory Control and Management
En~lronmental Engineering Environmental Engineering I Introduction to Noise Pollution Control I Land Valuatioo I Town Planning 2
Strand 6 ME497 ME498
Project/Directed Reading Project/DireCted Reading Projecf/Directed Reading
Strand 7 Humanities GE302 Technology and Human Values n
or Any subject offered by the departments of the Faculty of Arts or the Faculty of Economics and Commerce, subject to the approval of the Head of the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
2 I
2
SECTION FIVE MECHANICAL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAMME
SUBJECTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Students are advised to carefully note the prerequisite, corequisite and assumed knowledge requirements of the su.bjects in which they wish to enrol. Students who are found to have acted contrary to these requirements without a formal waiver being granted, may be withdrawn from the relevant subject(s) without notice. Also note that Year III subjects may not normally be taken until Year I is complete and that Year IV subjects may not normally be taken until Year II is complete (see Regulation 3).
Subject ME092-4
EM2CO EM2BD GE204 GE205 Mat2l1 ME204 ME214 ME215 ME231 ME251 ME271
GE211 GE301 GE361 Mat3l1 ME305 ME316 ME333 ME353 ME372 ME373 ME381 ME383 ME384 ME405 ME407 ME409 ME410 ME413 ME414A ME414B ME419 ME420 ME421 ME445 ME453 ME473 ME474 ME481 ME482 ME483 ME484 ME485 ME487 ME488 ME496 ME497 ME498
Prerequisite(s) Part-time Enrolment Mathematics I Mathematics I Mathematics I GE204 GEI51
CElli CElli, MElli Mathematics I
EElOO
EM2CO Mat2l1 ME204 ME215 ME231 ME251 ME251 ME271 All Year II subjects EM2AS ME215 GE205 All Year II subjects All Year II subjects ME316 ME215
Corequisite(s) Assumed Knowledge
ME214
Maths I, Phys 1A or IB Maths I, Phys 1A or IB
Maths I, Physics IA or IB Maths I
Phys IA or lB, CElli
EM2CO EM2CO EM2CO
EM2CO,ME215
Permission of Head of Department of Mechanical Engineering Permission of Head of Department of Mechanical Engineering All Year II subjects ME419 All Year II subjects ME343 ME353 ME373 ME353 All Year II subjects All Year II subjects All Year II subjects ME482 All Year II subjects All Year II subjects EM2AS All Year ill subjects
ME419
Permission of Head of Department of Mechanical Engineering Permission of Head of Department of Mechanical Engineering
Undergraduate students may only enrol in 500 or 600 level subjects with the permission of the Head of the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
41
SECTION FIVE MECHANICAL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAMME
RECOMMENDED PART·TIME ATTENDANCE PATTERN
The Approved Programme may be completed by 7 Slages as given below: Students considering part-time study are advised to consult the Guide to Attendance Patterns at the beginning of this Section of the Haodbook.
Stage 1 Mathematics I CE11l GEIOI GEI51 MEllI
Stage 2 Physicsm EEIOO
Stage 3 EM2CO Mat21l ME204 ME214 ME231 ME092
Stage 4 EM2AS GE204 GE205 GE211 ME215 ME251 ME271 ME093
Stage 5 Mat311 ME305 ME333 ME343
8 unirs ME353 ME373 ME094 9 unirs
8 unirs Stage 6 GE301 GE361 ME316 3 Elective units 9 units
Stage 7 ME413
9 unirs ME496 4 Elective units 9 units
9 unirs
TRANSITION ARRANGEMENTS
The Approved Programme of the Mechanical Engineering course was amended with effect from the 1987 academic year, All students enrolled in this course or a combined degree course of which it Coons part, are required to meet the requirements of the new Approved Programme subject to the transition arrangements given below.
Year by .year Transition Year Completed in Required to Complete 1986 Subsequent Years Year I Year 11 less ME215 and
ME231 plus EE13IT, ME212, ME232 and
Y.,...l1
Y .... m
42
1 unit of Elective
Yearm and YearN
Year m less ME305 plus EM2AS Year N less I unit of Elective plus ME305
YearN
Subject by. Subject Transition Students out of phase with year by year progression in the Approved Programme and who have completed a particular subject(s) in the list below will not be required to complete the corresponding subject(s) listed.
In the case of multiwunit subjects. students who have completed some but not all of the "old" subject listed may ·complete the remaining subject(s) in that group and will then not be required to complete the corresponding "new" subject
These transition arrangements are only available where at least one core subject in each group listed below was passed prior to 1987. They are not alternatives available to students who have not completed any of the subjects in a group. Completion of a unit of Elective but not the associated previous core subject(s). does not entitle a student to enrol in that previous core subject.
Subj.ct
MEI23 CElli Slatics
Chemistry IS. EE131 and I unit of Elective
EM2BD EM2H ME241 ME20l, ME203
GE1I2, ME212 MEI31,ME232 ME342 ME202, GE360 ME302 ME312 and I unit of Elective ME352, ME372 and I unit of Elective
ME413 Desigo III
Notes:
Corresponding Subj.cts GE101 CElli Mechanics and Structures EElOO Electrical and Computer Engineering I I unit of Elective EM2AS Mat2l1 ME204 Experimental Meth<Xl'!I ME215 ME231 Mat3l1 GE361 ME305 ME316 ME353
ME413 Mechanical Engineering Design m
1. Students who completed Chemistry IS prior to 1987 but have not completed EE13I. must complete EE130 and I unit of Elective. They will then not be required to complete EE100 Electrical and Computer Engineering I.
2. Students who completed ME202 prior to 1987 but have not completed GE360. must complete GE361, ME202 will then count as I unit of Elective.
Exceptional Circumstances Arising in Transition
In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in particular transition cases the Dean may determine the transition programme to be followed.
SECTION FIVE
The Department or Civil Engineering and Surveying is the department responsible, under the Regulations Governing Bachelors Degrees Offered in the FacuIty of Engineering (see Section 3) and the policies of the Faculty Board (see Section 4), for matters relating to the discipline of Swveying.
The programme of subjects set out below has been approved by the Faculty Board and leads to the award of the degree of Bachelor of Surveying (BSurv),
Students enrolled prior to 1988 should carefully note the transition requirements.
APPROVED PROGRAMME
Subject
Year I
CElli GE101 GEI51 MElli SVllI
Year II CE212 CE223J CE23 I CE232 EM2CO
SV213 SV214 SV232 SV233 SV291 SV292
Year ill CE324 CE34 I CE351 CE372 CE381 SV313 SV334 SV351 SV361 SV371 SV393
Mathematics I Physics IB Mechanics & Structures Introduction to Engineering Introduction to Materials Science Graphics and Engineering Drawing Surveying I
Mechanics of Solids Engineering Geology Fluid Mechanics I Fluid Mechanics II Vector Calculus and Differential Equations Surveying" Hydrographic Surveying Survey Computations I Survey Computations II Introduction to Legal Studies Property and Survey Law
Soil Mechanics Hydrology Civil Engineering Systems Transportation Slatistical Methods Surveying 111 Surveying Computations III Goodesy I Photogrammetry I Principles of Economics Land Boundary Defmition
Units
4 4 I I I I 4
16
I 2 I I
2 3 I I I I I
IS
2 I I I I 2 I 2 2 2 I
16
SURVEYING COURSE PROGRAMME
Year IV CE443 SV416 SV44 I SV472 SV473 SV475 SV48 I
Notes:
Water Resources Engineering Surveying IV Astronomy Land Valuation Town Planning Surveying Management and Planning Project Electives
I 2 2 I 2 I 2 3
14
1. Physics IA may be substituted for Physics lB. with the approval of the Head of Department. This option is recommended for students with a strong mathematics/physics background who may wish to follow a combined degree programme requiring Physics or otherwise undertake further studies in Physics.
2. Standing will be granted in Mathematics 1 to students who complete both Mathematics IS and Mathematics 102. Students who wish to do so willi>e permitted to enrol in Mathematics IS and, after successful completion of that subject. permitted to enrol in Mathematics 102. Note that these subjects must be completed over a minimum of two years. Neither Mathematics IS nor Mathematics 102 contribute to W AM calculations.
3. SVIII involves a compulsory fivewday series of swveying field exercises.
4. CE223J involves two compulsory one-day field excursions.
5. Geology I may replace CE223J Engineering Geology and 2 units of Elective.
6. SV213 includes a 5·day survey camp.
7. SV313 includes a IOwday livewin survey camp.
ELECTIVE REQUIREMENTS
1. Three units of electives may be chosen from the following list of subjects offered by the Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying.
SV452 Geodesy 11 SV462 Photogrammetry " SV465 Advanced Cartogmphy SV09llnduslrial Experience SV092 Industrial Experience SV093lnduslrial Experience
Units I I I I I I
2. Electives may also be chosen from the Approved Electives subjects or any subjects offered within the Faculty of Engineering subject to the approval of the Heads of the Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying and of the Department responsible for the subject.
43
SECTION FIVE SURVEYING COURSE PROGRAMME
SUBJECTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
Students are advised to carefully note the prerequisite, corequisite and assumed knowledge requirements of the subjects in which they wish to enrol. Students who are found to have acted contrary to these requirements without a fonnal waiver being granted, may be withdrawn from the relevant subject(s) without notice. Also note that Year III subjects may not normally be taken until Year I is complete and that Year IV subjects may not normally be taken until Year II is complete (see Regulation 3).
Subject SV09 subjects
CE212 CE223) CE23 I CE232 EM2CO SV213 SV214 SV232 SV233 SV291 SV292
CE324 CE34 I CE351 CE372 CE381 SV313 SV334 SV351 SV361 SV371 SV393
CE443 SV416 SV44 1 SV452 SV462 SV465 SV472 SV473 SV475 SV481
44
Prerequlslte(s) Part-time Enrolment
CELli
CE231 Mathematics I SVlIl
Mathematics I
EM2CO
EM2CO SV213 SV233 SV213, SV232, SV233
SV291, SV292
SV313, SV334
SV361 SV361
All Yearm subjects
Corequisite(s)
SV233 SV213
SV313, SV334
Assumed Knowledge
Mathematics I
Maths I, Physics IA or IB
SVlll
SVlIl
CE212 CE232, CE381
GE204 or SV232
CE341, CE351
SECTION FIVE
RECOMMENDED PART.TIME ATTENDANCE PATTERN
The Approved Programme may be completed by 7 Stages as given below. Students considering part-time study are advised to consult the Guide to Attendance Patterns at the beginning of this Section of the Handbook.
Stage I Mathematics 1 SVlIl 8 units
Stage 2 Physics m CElli GEIOI GEI51 MEllI 8 units
Stage 3 CE212 CE223) CE231 CE232 EM2CO SV232 SV233 9 units
Stage 4 SV213 SV214 SV291 SV292 SV361 1 unit of Elective 9 units
Stage 5 CE324 CE34 1 CE381 SV313 SV334 SV371
Stage 6 CE351 CE372 CE443 SV351 SV393 SV472 SV475 1 unit of
Elective
Stage 7 SV416 SV441 SV473 SV481 1 unit of
Elective
9 units
9 -units
9 units
TRANSITION ARRANGEMENTS
The Approved Bachelor of Surveying Programme has been amended with effect from the 1988 academic year to complete the revision commenced in 1987. All students enrolled.in this course are required to meet the requirements of the new Approved Programme subject to the transition arrangemenlS given below. The Director of Surveying will provide written advice to students as to the transition programme to be followed.
Year By Year Transition
Year Completed in Required to Complete in 1987 Subsequent Years YearI Year II less CE212plus
CELli Year III less CE324 plus CE212 Year IV less 1 unit of elective, plus CE324
YearII Year III less CE324, CE34I, CE381, SV371, plus Geography 1m, SV214, CE302
YearIII
Year IV less CE443
Year IV less CE443 plus CE351, CE372
SURVEYING COURSE PROGRAMME
Subject by Subject Transition Students out of phase with year by year progression in the Approved Programme and who have completed a particular subject or subjects in the list below will not be required to complete the corresponding subject or subjects listed. Subjects Corresponding
Subjects
Economics I
SV271 SV314
MEIlI,GElOl and 2 units of Elective SV371 •
EM2AS Geography liB • plus CE302 •
SV452 Geodesy II SV462 Photogrammetry II SV465 Advanced Cartography
SV214 CE381 CE231, CE232, CE324 , CE34 1 and CE443 1 unit Elective 1 unit Elective 1 unit Elective
• Additional Transition Requirements
1. Students who have completed either Geography lIB or CE302 Civil Eng lIS prior to 1988 must complete CE302 or Geography lIB respectively. Students who have completed Geography lIB must enrol in CE302 in 1988. 2. In exceptional circumstances, the Head of the Department may permit students to enrol in GE301 Technology and Human Values in lieu ofSV371 Principles of Economics.
Exceptional Circumstances Arising in Transition
In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in particular transition cases the Dean may determine the transition programme to be followed.
45
SECTION SIX
About This Section
This section sets out detailed descriptions of the subjects offered by the Departments of the Faculty of Engineering and those subjects offered by departments of other faculties which are core subjects in the undergraduate programmes offered in the Faculty of Engineering. A list of Approved Elective Subjects is also included. Students will need to consult the subject descriptions for these subjects in the relevant Faculty Handbook(s).
A Guide to Sllbject Descriptions is given on this page.
GUIDE TO SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS
Units
In undergraduate engineering subjects, one unit involves a total of 42 hours per year (1.5 hours per week for the whole year, or 3 hours per week for half a year) of lectures, laboratories, and tutorials. Where subjects from other faculties fonn part of an Engineering course, the unit value is detennined by the Faculty Board.
In the Master of Engineering Science Requirements a unit is defined as exactly one-twelfth of a full-time year, and in all postgraduate course, including the Master of Engineering and Doctor of Philosophy the unit is understood to have the same value. This "postgraduate unit" is also defined as a programme which involves a student in a total of approximately 120 hours' work. This total includes all formal course work plus assignments and study. If the "unit" is a formal instructional course the 120-hour total includes 42 hours of lectures or the equivalent
What the two "units" - undergraduate and postgraduate - have in common is therefore the same 42 "contact-hours" per year. The postgraduate unit is a larger fraction of the year's work than the undergraduate unit as postgraduate students are expected to do more work per contact-hour than undergraduate students.
Weightings
Each subject undertaken as part of an undergraduate programme in the Faculty has a weighting for use in Weighted Average Mark (WAM) calculations (refer to Faculty Policies~in Section 4). Unless otherwise detennined by Faculty Board, each engineering subject has a weighting associated with the level at which it is offered as set out below.
Level
100 200 300 400/500/600
Computer Numbers
Weighting
1 2 3 4
The six digit number which precedes the subject number and title of each subject is the Computer Code Number. The computer code numbers of relevant subjects should be quoted on all enrolment and variation of programme fonns. The computer code numbers of all subjects offered within the Faculty of Engineering appear with the subject
46
SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS
descriptions and are also listed in Section 8 of this Handbook.
Subject Numbers
Each subject offered by Departments within the Faculty of Engineering has been given an identification number with prefixed letters to aid identification of subjects. This is known as the Subject Number.
The letter prefIX indicates the area of specialisation and often indicates the department responsible for the teaching of the subject concerned. The letter prefixes are as follows:
ChE Chemical Engineering
CE
EE
EM
GE
ME
Mat
SV
Subject Title
Deparbnent of Chemical and Materials Engineering
Civil Engineering Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying
Electrical and Computer Engineering Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Engineering Mathematics Departments of the Faculty of Mathematics
General Engineering Departments of the Faculty of Engineering
Mechanical and Industrial Engineering Department of Mechanical Engineering
Materials Engineering Department of Chemical and Materials Engineering
Surveying Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying
Each subject is provided with a title which. together with the subject number, forms the subject name as described below.
Subject Name
The Subject Name of each subject contains the subject number and title in the following way:
Computer Number
Subject Subject Number Title
521105
CEllI Mechanics and Structures
Unit Value
1 unit
The Computer Number and Subject Name of appropriate subjects should be included on all enrolment and variation of programme forms.
Prerequisites and Corequisites
Prerequisites are those subjects which the student must have been passed before enrolling in the subject.
SECTION SIX
Corequisites are those subjects in which the student must enrol concurrently unless he or she has previously passed them.
The Dean, on the recommendation of the Head of Department, may relax prerequisites and corequisites. However, relaxation will only be granted in the most exceptional circumstances. Students who wish to _enrol ,in a subject for which they do not have the required prerequisites must apply to the Head of the Department offering the subject on the appropriate fonn. Fonns are available from the offices of the Departments of the Faculty of Engineering.
Students who enrol contrary to subject entry requirements may be withdrawn from the relevant subjects without notice.
Withdrawal from a subject will normally result in withdrawal from any corequisite subjects without notice.
Assumed Knowledge
Many subjects are taught on the basis of an assumption that students have previously completed certain other subjects although those subjects have not been determined to be prerequisites. The particular subject(s) which are assumed to have been completed in each case are indicated in the Subject Entries set out in the following pages.
It is the responsibility of each student to ensure that they have met the assumed knowledge requirement of each subject in which they enrol. If in doubt, students should discuss the matter with the lecturer of the subject in which they intend to enrol.
It should be noted that students may enrol only in those subjects approved by the Dean. Such approval may be withheld or may be revoked where it becomes apparent that a student has not attained the level of knowledge assumed by a subject in which enrolment has been sought.
Examinations and Assessment
Refer to policies 3.1 to 3.5 of the Faculty's Policies on Undergraduate Performance and Progress published in Section 4 of this Handbook.
Hours
All subjects in the Faculty of Engineering are based on units of 42 contact hours each.
The 42 contact hours are spread over a whole year (1.5 hours per week for. 28 weeks) or over a half year (3 hours per week for 14 weeks). As far as possible this information is given in the University timetable. If in doubt. students should check with Departments before completing their enrolment.
Content
Each subject entry gives a general description of the content of the subject and indicates the broad areas covered.
Texts
Where appropriate. each subject entry indicates the texts used. In most cases it is recommended that students purchase the texts indicated, however, students may wish to consult
SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS
with the lecturer concerned before finalising the purchase of texts.
References
Infonnation on reference material applicable to a particular subject will be provided by the lecturer in charge of that subject.
Availability of Subjects
Not all of the subjects listed on the following pages are necessarily offered in each academic year. Elective subjects may not proceed if the Department offering the subject considers there is insufficient demand for that subject
Alterations to Subjects
The Faculty Board and the Deparunents of the Faculty reserve the right to amend any aspect of the content of or arrangements for any subject described in this section without prior notice. The content of and arrangements for subjects given in this Section are an expression of intent only and are not to be taken as a ftrm offer or undertaking.
47
SECTION SIX CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE 511104 ChE002 511105 ChE003 511106 ChE004 511107 ChE005
Prerequisile Part~time enrolment
1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit
These subject units are designed to formalise periods of Industrial Experience gained by part-time students only. Each of the Industrial Experience units is equivalent to one unit of 42 hours. Students will be required to present a report giving a connected account and critical evaluation of their engineering activities and experience during the year. These units may be counted by students towards satisfaction of Elective requirements. (see also Section 4 of this Handbook)
511108 1 unit
ChE141 INDUSTRIAL PROCESS PRINCIPLES
Design concepts in the process industries. Flow diagram of a typical process and metallurgical processes. Calculation of material and energy balances. Properties of vapours and liquids. Equilibrium processes. Humidification, drying. Crystallisation.
511109 1 unit
ChE151 INDUSTRIAL CHEMICAL PROCESSES AND EQUIPMENT
This subjecI is only available in 1988 to students requiring it for transition purposes.
An introduction to the structure and organisation of the chemical and process metallurgical industries in Australia. with reference to the world scene.
Descriptions of the processes used in the manufacture of the major industrial chemicals. including hydrometallurgica1 and smelting operations. Outline of typical unit operations.
Text
Shreve & Brink Chemical Process Industries 4th edn (McGraw-HilI 1977)
511110 1 unit
ChE152 INDUSTRIAL PROCESS DESIGN I
This subject is only available in 1988 to students requiring it for transition purposes.
Techniques for the presentation of process engineering information. Visualisation of process plant in two dimensions. Preparation of flow charts for process representation and drawings for plant specification.
Text Australian Standard Engineering Drawing Practice CZl1982 (Institution of Engineers. Australia)
511111 2 units
ChE153 CHEMICAL AND MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
An introduction to the structure and organisation of the chemical and process metallurgical industries in Australia.
48
with reference to the world scene. Descriptions of the processes used in the manufacture of the major industrial chemicals. including hydrometallurgicai and smelting operations. Outline of typical unit operations. Description of various processes used in the fabrication and utilisation of materials. Visits to a number of industrial plants illustrative of the course material, and preparation of process flow diagrams. Text
Austin. G. T. Shreve's Chemical Process Industries, 5th edn (McGraw-Hill 1985)
512224 1 unit
ChE241 PROCESS ANALYSIS I
This subject is only available in 1988 to students requiring it for transition purposes.
Prerequisite ChEl51
Visits to selected plants in the Newcastle (or Sydney) area. Detailed reports required on specified plants.
512231 3 units
ChE242 PROCESS ANALYSIS I
Prerequisite Mathematics I
Part 1
Elementary statics, equilibrium in two dimensional force systems, axial and shear forces, bending and twisting of bars. ftrst and second moments or area with applications to design of simple structures and piping systems. Design of unfired pressure vessels. Membrane theory. stresses in thinwalled vessels. Code requirements.
Texts:
S.A.A. Code Engineering Drawing Practice (AS CZI-1982)
S.A.A. Code Unfired Pressure Vessels (AS 1210-1977)
Gorenc, B. Steel Designers Handbook (NSW University Press 1984)
Nash, W.A. Theory and Problems of Strength of Materials (Schaum 1977)
Part 2 Computer programming with particular emphasis on programming style. The use of terminals files and editing techniques will be covered. Also some aspects of computer hardware and data handling will be considered. Some numerical analysis techniques will be discussed to provide examples for programming. These will include solution of single non-linear equations, interpolation. curve ftts, differentiations. integration and systems of equations, linear and non-linear.
Texts Handbook for VAX/VMS (University of Newcastle Computing Centre)
SECTION SIX CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
Boillot. M. Understanding FORTRAN 77 (West 1984)
Part 3 Development of a student's ability to write and understand computer programmes that use numerical analysis techniques to solve problems in engineering. An outline of theories behind the numerical analysis techniques is given but the main emphasis is on computing methods. Topics include numerical solution of single ordinary differential equations by stepwise and multistep methods including step optimism and stability, convergence criteria, systems of differential equations, "stiff' equations and stability; boundary value problems. Numerical solution of partial differential equations, the usual terminology. Explicit and implicit methods of computation; solution of elliptic equations by the grid, iterative and relaxation methods. Solution of hyperbolic equations by the grid method. Solution of parabolic equations by explicit. implicit methods.
Text
Chapra, S.C. and Canale, R.P. Numerical Methods for Engineers (McGraw-Hill 1985)
Roberts, 1. Lecture Noles on Numerical Methods of Solving Ordinary Differential Equations and Partial Differential Equations (Department of Chemical and Materials Engineering).
512225 1 unit
ChE251 STRUCTURES AND PRESSURE VESSEL DESIGN
This subject is only available in 1988 to students requiring itfor transition purposes.
Elementary statics. equilibrium in two dimensional force systems. axial and shear forces. bending and twisting of bars, ftrst and second moments or area with applications to design of simple structures and piping systems. Design of unftred pressure vessels. Membrane theory. stresses in thinwalled vessels. Code requirements.
Texts
S.A.A. Code Engineering Drawing Practice (AS CZI-1982)
S.A.A. Code Unfired Pressure Vessels (AS 1210-1977)
Gorenc. B. Steel Designers Handbook (NSW University Press 1984)
Nash, W.A. Theory and Problems of Strength of Materials (Schaum 1977)
512230 2 units
ChE252 CHEMISTRY LABORATORY
Prerequisite Chemistry nc The laboratory courses in Organic and Inorganic Chemistry taken in the Department of Chemistry as part of Chemistry
IIA may be taken as two elective units. Students passing ChE252 will be deemed to have passed Chemistry IIA for prerequisite purposcs.
512226 1 unit
ChE261 SEPARATION PROCESSES I
This subject is only available in 1988 to students requiring itfor transition purposes.
Prerequisites Chemistry I, Mathematics I, ChEl41
A unified treatment of basic concept of heat and mass transfer. Concepts of flux, driving force. heat and mass transfer coefficients_ Diffusivity and conductivity; rate equations. Dimensional analysis. Heat transfer by convection. conduction and radiation. Convective heat transfer coeffIcients. Radiative heat transfer. Mass transfer' by diffusion. and convection. Mass transfer coeffIcient. Correlation of transfer coeffIcients. Film theory; penetration theory, vapour-liquid equilibria. Additivity of resistances in mass and heat transfer. Simple heat exchanges design. Equation for heat transfer surface. Co- and countercurrent arrangements. The nature and spectral distribution of thermal radiation. Radiation pyrometry on grey surfaces. Exchange areas, direct and total The adiabatic surface approximation for a refractory. The source-sink.-refractory furnace. Introduction to gas radiation.
Texts
Coulson, I.M. and Richardson, J.F. Chemical Engineering, Vol I (S.I. units)(pergarnon 1977)
Pitts. R.D. & Sissan L.E. Heal Tranifer (Schaum 1977)
Perry, 1.H. & Chilton, C.H. Chemical Engineers Handbook 5th edn (Mc-Graw-Hill 1973) •
Sarofim, A.C. & Wall, T.W. Notes on Radiation Heat Transfer (University of Newcastle)
512232 3 units
ChE262 TRANSFER PROCESSES I
Prerequisites Chemistry I, Mathematics I, ChEl41
Part 1
A unified treatment of basic concept of heat and mass transfer. Concepts of flux. driving force. Diffusivity and conductivity; rate equations. Dimensional analysiS. Heat transfer by convection. conduction and radiation. Convective heat transfer coefftcients. Radiative heat transfer. Mass transfer by diffusion and convection. Mass transfer coefftcient. Correlation of transfer coefftcients. Film theory; penetration theory, vapour-liquid equilibria. Simple heat exchanger design. Equation for heat transfer surface. Co- and counter-current arrangements.
Texts
Coulson I.M. and Richardson, J .F. Chemical Engineering, Vol I (S.1. units) (pergamon 1977)
49
SECTION SIX CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
Pitts, R.D. & Sissan L.E. Heat Trans/er (Schaum 1977)
Perry, l.H. & Chilton, C.H. Chemical Engineers Handbook 5th edn (McGraw-Hill 1985)
Sarofim, A.C. & Wall, T.F. Notes on Radiation Heat Transfer (University of Newcastle)
Part 2
Properties of fluids. Fluid statics; forces on surfaces. buoyancy. Fluids in motion; conservation of mass and energy. Continuity, Bernoulli and Euler equations. momentum principle, applications of linear and angular momentum. Pumps and turbines. Laminar and turbulent flow. Flow in pipes and ducts. Pressure drop in valves and fittings. Flow measurement.
Text
Streeter, V.L. and Wylie, E.B. Fluid Mechanics 7th eda (McGraw-Hill 1979)
Part 3
Fuel types, their origin and characteristics. Combustion stoicheiometry. The classification of coals. the comparison of Australian coals with those of the northern hemisphere, and allocation for combustion and conversion. Burners for solid, liquid and gaseous fuels. Brief outline of combustion mechanisms. Furnace efficiency and losses.
Text
Wali, T.F. (ed) Coal Properties, Analysis and Effective Use (Institute of Coal Research 1982)
Part 4
Principles and current technology and fundamentals in the process metallurgy of ferrous and non-ferrous metals.
Text
Gilchrist, J.D. Fuels, Refractories and Furnaces 2nd edn (pergamon)
512228 1 unit
ChE272 .FLUID MECHANICS
This subject is only available in 1988 to students requiring itfor transition purposes.
Prerequisites Mathematics I, Physics IA or IB
Properties of fluids. Fluid statics; forces on surfaces. buoyancy. Fluids in motion; conservation of mass and energy. Continuity, Bernoulli and Euler equations. momentum principle. applications of linear and angular momentum. Pumps and turbines. Laminar and turbulent flow. How in pipes and ducts. Pressure drop in valves and fillings. How measurement..
Text
Sueeter, V.L. and Wylie, E.B. Fluid Mechanics 7th edn (McGraw-Hill 1979)
50
512229 2 units
ChE291 LABORATORY
Corequisite ChE262
A set of experiments illustrating the fundamentals of fluid flow. heat and mass transfer.
Text
Holman. J.P. Experimental Methods for Engineers 4th edn (McGraw-Hill 1984)
513244 1/2 unit
ChE300 SELECTED TOPICS IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
This subject may only be taken by students requiring it for transition purposes.
Content
A topic in Chemical Engineering to be approved by the Head of Department.
513109 1 unit
ChE342 PROCESS ANALYSIS II
This subject is only available in 1988 10 students requiring itfor transition purposes.
Inspection of plants of particular technical interest and relevance to course material in the Sydney or Newcastle area
513238 2 units
ChE343 PROCESS ANALYSIS II
Prerequisites ChE242. Mathematics I
Part 1
Design of process and storage vessels; process reticulation systems including compressed air. cooling water, steam and refrigeration. Process energy systems and drives. Process instrumentation for flow. pressure and temperature measurement. The fail-safe concept. This course will consider technical and administrative aspects leading to the successful commissioning of a process plant. Indusuial relations; legal and sociological considerations.
Part 2
Estimation of capital and operating costs of process plants; break-even analysis; project profitability; discounted cash flow techniques. Economic design. Introduction to process optimisation. Effects of process uncertainties and risk. Basic cost accounting procedures.
Text
Peters. M.S. and Timmerhaus. K.D. Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers (McGraw-Hili 1980)
Part 3 Inspection of plants of particular technical interest and relevance to course material in the Sydney or Newcastle area.
SECTION SIX CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
513226 112 unit
ChE351 EQUIPMENT DESIGN
This subject is only available in 1988 to students requiring it for transition purposes.
Prerequisite ChE251
Design of process and storage vessels; process reticulation systems including compressed air, cooling water. steam and refrigeration. Process energy systems and drives. Process instrumentation for flow. pressure and temperature measurement The fail-safe concept.
513227 1/2 unit
ChE352 PROCESS ENGINEERING
This subject is only available in 1988 to students requiring itfor transition purposes.
Corequisite ChE351
This course will consider technical and administrative aspects leading to the successful commissioning of a process plant. Industrial relations; legal and sociological considerations. Elements of AC circuitry and power units.
513228 112 unit
ChE353 PROCESS ECONOMICS
This subject is only available in 1988 to students requiring itfor transition purposes.
Prerequisite Mathematics I
Estimation of capital and operating costs of process plants; break even analysis; project profitability; discounted cash flow techniques. Economic design. Introduction to process optimisation. Effects of process uncertainties and risk. Basic cost accounting procedures.
Text
Peters. M.S. and Timmerhaus, K.D. Plant Design and Economicsfor Chemical Engineers 3rd eda (McGraw-Hill 1980)
513229 112 unit
ChE354 ELECTROCHEMISTRY AND CORROSION
This subject is only available in 1988 to students requiring itfor transition purposes.
Prerequisite Chemistry IIC
Introductory electrochemistry. Potential and potential differences at interfaces. Charged interfaces, and charge uansfer between phases. Electrode processes. Diffusion control. Corrosion and passivation. Evans and Pourbaix diagrams. Cathodic and anodic protection. Techniques of corrosion inhibition. Stress corrosion cracking.
513239
ChE355 TRANSFER PROCESSES II
Prerequisites ChE262. Chemistry IIC. EM2CO
Part 1
3 units
Introductory electrochemistry. Potential and potential differences at interfaces. Charged interfaces. and charge
transfer between phases_. Electrode processes. Diffusion control. Corrosion and passivation. Evans and Pourbaix diagrams. Cathodic and anodic protection. Techniques of corrosion inhibition. Stress corrosion cracking.
Part 2
Properties and handling of particular solids. Size analysis, screening. Size reduction comminution. Mixing and blending of solids and liquids. Motion of particles in a fluid. Terminal velocity drag coefficients. Sedimentation and filtration. Classification and elutriation. Fluidization; pneumatic and hydraulic transport. Properties and handling of particulate solids. Size analysis. screening. Size reduction comminution. Properties of minerals and their relation to minerals beneficiation. Techniques of separation based on volume properties (gravity, electrostatic. magnetic) and surface properties (charge, hydrophobicity). Flotation. Action of collectors, modifiers. frothers. Electrokinetic phenomena. Oxide and sulphide flotation. Hocculation and agglomeration.
Texts
McCabe, W.L. and Smith, J.C. Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering (McGrawHill 1985)
Shaw, D.C. Introduction to Colloid and Surface Chemistry (Butterworth 1980)
Part 3
Heat and mass transfer in unsteady state conditions. transport theory for heat and mass transfer in laminar and turbulent flow conditions; mass transfer with chemical reaction.
Text
Bird, R.B., Stewart, W.E. and Lightfoot E.N. Transport Phenomena (Wiley 1960)
513231 1 unit
ChE362 SOLIDS HANDLING AND MINERALS PROCESSING
This subject is only available in 1988 10 students requiring it for transition purposes.
Prerequisite ChE272
Properties and handling of particulate solids. Size analysis. screening. Size reduction. comminution. Mixing and blending of solids and liquids. Motion of particles in a fluid. Terminal velocity, drag coefficients. Sedimentation and filtration. Classification and elutriation. Fluidization; pneumatic and hydraulic transport. Properties of minerals and their relation to minerals beneficiation. Techniques of separation based on volume properties (gravity. electrostatic, magnetic) and surface properties (charge. hydrophobicity). Oxide and sulphide flotation. Flocculation and agglomeration.
Texts
McCabe, W.L. and Smith, l.C. Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering student edition (McGraw-Hill 1976)
51
SECTION SIX CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
Shaw, D.C. Introduction to Colloid and Surface Chemistry (Butterworth 1980)
513240 2 units
ChE363 SEPARATION PROCESSES
Prerequisite ChE262
Physical property criteria for separation process selection. Phase equilibria; equilibrium stage and continuous contacting operations; analysis of principal separation processes, including distillation, absorption, extraction. evaporation, humidification, crystallisation and drying. hydraulic design of mass transfer equipment; stage efficiency. energy requirements; analysis of multicomponent separation processes including azeotropic, extractive and complex distillation.
Text
Foust, A.S. et at Principles of Unit Operations (Wiley 1982)
513232 1 unit
ChE371 KINETICS AND THERMODYNAMICS
Prerequisite Chemistry ne Corequisite ChE262 First and second laws of thermodynamics. The phase rule. Heats of formation and combustion. Thermodynamic properties of fluids. Phase equilibria; chemical reaction equilibria. Power cycles. Open flow systems. Compressible flow.
Text Sonntag, R.E. and Van Wylen, GJ.
Introduction to Thermodynamics 2nd edn (Wiley 1985)
513233 1 unit
ChE372 FUEL TECHNOLOGY I
Prerequisites Chemistry I, ChE262
Fuel and ener~resources and demand Properties and testing for combustion purposes of common fuels, particularly coal, coke, petroleum, products and natural gas. Air quantities for combustion, heat losses in products of combustion. thennodynamics of combustion systems. Gas. oil and pulverized coal flames; burner systems to control stability, flame position and flame shape. Solid fuel combustion and reduction; fixed beds, gas producers and blase furnaces. Abridged bed combustion systems.
513234
ChE373 FURNACE HEAT TRANSFER
Prerequisite ChE262
1 unit
Furnace type and uses; high temperature transfer mechanisms. Generalised model of furnace efficiency and losses. Convective heat transfer on large sudaces, from impinging jets; heat transfer in packed beds. Conductive thennal storage losses. Radiative exchange between surfaces; exchange areas.
52
513241 2 units
ChE374 THEORY OF METALLURGICAL PROCESSES
Prerequisite ChE262
Chemical thermodynamics and kinetics of complex heterogenous systems. Computer calculations of complex equilibria. Physical chemistry of iron and steelmaking and of selected non·ferrous metalllrrgical processes. Shaft furnace modelling. Theory of steel·making processes. Multiport modelling of steel finishing processes. Mixing theory and simul~tion of batch and semi.continuous pyrometallurgical reactors. Flow systems in pyrometallurgical processes; slag· metal processes, gas· metal flow in vacuum processes, melting on packed beds, jet behaviour in metallurgical reactors. gas bubble flow, molten metal. Flow in ingots and castings and at solidification intedaces.
Text
Pearey, J.G. and Davenpont, W.G. The Iron Blast Furnace (pergamon)
513242 1 unit
ChE383 MODELLING OF PROCESSES
Assumed Know/edge EM2CO, EM2BD, ChE242 and ChE262
An introduction 10 the unsteady·state behaviour of chemical plant and modelling of selected processes. Revision of Laplace transfonnations. transfer function concept, unsteady state materials and energy balances as a teclmique for system modelling. first order systems, second order systems. extraction, response to disturbances - modelling of steam jacketted reactor. gas absorber and simple heat exchanger. The principles of process control instrumentation. applied to flow, temperature. pressure, liquid level, etc. measurement, with laboratory experiments. Sample data methods, the z· transfonn.
Text
Stephanopoulos, G. Chemical Process Control (Prentice-Hall 1984)
513236 1 units
ChE391 LABORATORY
Corequisiles ChE355 and ChE363
A number of open-minded investigations illustrating Year m lecture topics, including experiments on instrumentation and conttol of process plant
Text
Holman. J.P. Experimental Methods for Engineers (McGraw·HilI 1984)
513243 2 units
ChE392 EXTRACTIVE METALLURGY LABORATORY
Prerequisite ChE262
A series of experiments illustrating process metallurgical principles for ferrous and oon·ferrous metals.
SECTION SIX CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
514153 1 unit
ChE400 SPECIAL TOPIC
This subject may only be taken with the approval of the Head of the Department of Chemical and Materials Engineering. A topic in Chemical Engineering to be approved by the Head of Ibe DeparnnenL
514125 1 unit
ChE452 PROCESS EVALUATION AND OPTIMIZATION
Prerequisites ChE343, ChE355 and ChE363 An extension of Process Analysis II into optimisation and ~mparative evaluation of processes.
514126 112 unit
ChE462 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL
This subject is only available in 1988 to students requiring itfor transition purposes. Prerequisites ChE362, ChE371
An overview of atmospheric and liquid pollution and the effect of pollution on the ecosphere. Elements of process selection and cost·benefit analysis; by·product recover.
514149 1 unit
ChE463 SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT
Prerequisites ChE343, ChE355
General introduction and outline. categorising hazards and risks. Hazard analysis. Aspects of toxicology, sources of ignition, types and effects of explosions. Legal and environmental consideration of industrial safety and disposal of gaseous, liquid. solid wastes. An overview of atmospheric and liquid pollution and the effect of pollution on the ecosphere. Elements of process selection and cost benefit analysis; by-productrecovety.
514127 1/2 unit
ChE471 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
This subject is only available in 1988 to students requiring it for transition purposes. Prerequisite ChE351
General introduction and outline, categorising hazards and risks. Hazard analysis. Aspects of toxicology, sources of ignition. types and effects of explosions. Legal and environmental consideration of industrial safety and disposal of gaseous,liquid, solid wastes.
514129
ChE473 RADIANT HEAT TRANSFER
Prerequisite ChE373
1 unit
An extension of Furnace Heat Transfer into real situations.
514130 1 unit
ChE474 SELECTED TOPICS IN HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER
Prerequisite ChE355
An extension of studies in ChE355 Part 2 into practical applications.
514131
ChE475 ADVANCED COMBUSTION Prerequisite ChE372 and ChE373
1 unit
An extension of Fuel Technology I into current practices.
514132 1 unit
ChE476 FLUID AND PARTICLE MECHANICS Prerequisite ChE355
An extension of theoretical aspects of fluid·particle systems.
514133
ChE481 ADVANCED COMPUTATIONS
Prerequisite ChE242
Assumed Knowledge ChE383
1 unit
The modelling of particular systems using elements of various unit operations.
514135 1 unit
ChE483 REACTION ENGINEERING
Prerequisite ChE371
The kinetics of homogeneous reactions and the design of the ideal reactors· batch, plug and mixed flow. Single and multiple reactions. Non·ideal flow and the residence time distribution. The rate equations for heterogeneous reactions. Rate controlling mechanisms and approximations. An outline of catalysis and the properties of catalysts. The rate equations for porous solids and the analysis of rate data.
Text Levenspiel, O.
Chemical Reaction Engineering 2nd edn (Wiley 1972)
514136 1 unit
ChE484 ADVANCED REACTION ENGINEERING
Assumed Knowledge ChE483
An in depth study of aspects of Reaction Engineering.
514137 1 unit
ChE485 ADVANCED PROCESS CONTROL Prerequisite ChE383
Corequisite ChE486
A detailed study of process control within Chemical Engineering unit operations.
53
SECTION SIX CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
514150 2 units
ChE486 PROCESS CONTROL
Prerequisite EM2CO
An introductory course in linear control systems. Mathematical models of systems and components; differential equations and transfer functions. Simple first and second order systems. Steady-state performance. System stability and transient response by algebraic, root-locus and frequency response methods. Introduction to compensation techniques. Introduction to discrete-time systems and computer control. A substantial laboratory component is included.
Text
Doebe1in. B.O. Control System Principles and Design (Wiley Int.Ed. 1985)
or Stephanopoulos, G.
Chemical Process Control (prentice-Hall InLEd. 1984)
514138 2 units ChE490 DESIGN PROJECT
Prerequisite All Year III subjects
Preparation of a design report for a specified plant for chemical production, including mass and energy balances, preparation of process flow diagrams, and the detailed design of one or more items of equipment, or equivalent. In addition to the report. students are required to take a two-day design paper.
514139 1 unit
ChE491 SEMINAR
Prerequisite All Year III subjects
Regular two hour seminar sessions will be held during the year for discussion of literature reviews, chemical engineering practice and research within the department. Each student will present not less than two half-hour papers in the course of the year. , 514140 . 3 units
ChE492 RESEARCH PROJECT
Prerequisite All Year III subjects
An assigned task of experimental investigation, or the design, construction and testing of experimental equipment to be reported formally in a thesis.
514143 3 units
ChE493 DESIGN PROJECT
Prerequisite All Year III subjects
Preparation of a design report for a specified plant for chemical production, including mass and energy balances, preparation of process flow diagrams, and the detailed design of one or more items of equipment, or equivalent. In addition to the report, students are required to take a design paper.
54
514141 2 units
ChE494 LABORATORY PROJECT
Prerequisite All Year m subjects
A minor experimental investigation of a nominated project.
514142 2 units
ChE495 DESIGN PROJECT
Prerequisite All Year III subjects
A minor design report of a nominated small chemical factory.
514144 4 units
ChE496 RESEARCH PROJECT
Prerequisite All Year III subjects
An assigned task of experimental investigation, or the design, construction and testing of experimental equipment to be reported formally in a thesis.
514151 4 units
ChE496P RESEARCH PROJECT
Prerequisite All Year 1lI subjects
As for ChE496, with an emphasis on topics drawn from the field of exttactive metallurgy.
514145 4 units
ChE497 DESIGN PROJECT
Prerequisite All Year III subjects
Preparation of a design report for a specified plant for chemical production, including mass and energy balances, preparation of process flow diagrams, and the detailed design of one or more items of equipment, or equivalent.
514152 4 units
ChE497P DESIGN PROJECT
Prerequisite All Year III subjects
As for ChE497, with particular emphasis being given to processes involving extractive metallurgy,
510157 2 units
ChE511 COAL COMBUSTION
The course will cover the current understanding of the principles of coal combustion, including some properties and classification, combustion calculations, devolatilization, ignition, burn-out of char. Emphasis will be given to coal mineral reactions in furnaces and the relation with ash formation, deposition, ash collection, SOx emissions, and trace elements; the relationship between nitrogen and NOx emissions; spontaneous combustion. These prinCiples will finally be used to evaluate the present laboratory techniques for characterising coal,
510158 2 units
ChE512 COAL TECHNOLOGY
The course will cover the existing technologies associated with coal use, particularly those for coal fired planl Topics
GENERAL INFORMATION
(See separate entry for Facuily of Medicine)
January
Friday Public Holiday - New Year's Day
8 Friday Last day for return of Application for Re·Enrolment Ponns - Continuing Students
13 Wedn£sday Deferred Examinations begin
22 Friday Deferred Examinations end
2 6 Tuesday Public Holiday - Australia Day
3 1 Sunday Applications for residence in Edwards lIall late after this
"'" February
3 W£dnesday 10 New students attend in person to enrol and pay charges
5 Friday 9 Tuesday
10 Re·enrolment Approval Sessions for re·enrolling students 11 Thursday
1 6 Tuesday Late enrolment session for new students
1 9 Friday Late enrolment session for re-enrolling students
22 Monday First Term begins
April
1 Friday Good Friday - Easter Recess commences
6 Wednesday Lectures reswne
2 5 Monday Public Holiday - Anzac Day
25 Monday Last day for withdrawal without academic penalty from first half year subjects (See page (iv) for Dean's discretion)
2 9 Friday First Tenn ends
M.y
16 Monday Examinations begin
20 Friday Examinations end
23 Monday Serond Tenn begins
June
6 Monday Public Holiday - Queen's Birthday
2 7 Monday Examinations begin
3 0 Thursday closing date for applications for selection to the Bachelor of Medicine course in 1989
July
8 Friday Examinations end
August
8 Mowy Last day for withdrawal without academic penalty from full year subjects (See page (ix) for Dean's discretion)
11 Friday Second Tenn ends
15 Monday Examinations begin
1 9 Friddy Examinations end
September
5 Monday Third Term begins
2 6 Monday Last day for withdrawal without academic penalty from second half year subjects (See page (iv) for Dean's discretion)
October
Salurday Closing date for applications for enrolment 1989 (Undergraduate courses other than Medicine)
3 MolUiDy Public Holiday - Labor Day
18 Friday Third Term enda
PRINCIPAL DATES 1988
November
7 Monday Annual Examinations begin
15 Fridny Annual Examinations end
1989 January
9 Monday Deferred Examinations begin
20 FrUJay Deferred Examinations end
1989 February
20 Monday First Term begins#
TERM DATES FOR THE BACHELOR OF MEDICINE PROGRAMME 1988
Year I
Term I Feb 22
including Easter 1/4/88
Vacation May 2
Tenn 2 May 23
Fonnative Assessment
Vacation
Tenn3
July 25
Aug I
Aug 15
Smvac Oct 17
Assessments OCl 24
Mini·Elective Nov 7
Year II
Term 1 Feb 22
including Easter 1/4/88
Vacation May 2
Tenn 2 May 23
Consolidation July 25
Vacation Aug I
Term 3 Aug IS
Consolidation Oct 17
Stuvac Oct 24
Assessments Oct 31
Mini·Elective Nov 14
Year III
Tenn I
plus Easter
Vacation
Term 2
Vacation
Term 3
Review
Stuyac
Assessments
Vacatia!.
Elective I
Feb 8
1/4/87
Apr 25
May 2
June 27
July 4
Aug 29
Sept 5
Sept 12
0 .. ' Oct 10
April 29 10 week lenD
5/4/88
May 20 3 weeks
July 22 9 weeks
July 29
Aug 12
Oct 14
I week
2 weeks
9 weeks
Oct 21 1 week
Nov 4 2 wceks
Nov 18 2 weeks
April 29 10 week tenn
5/4/88
May 20 3 weeks
July 22 9 weeks
July 29 I week
Aug 12 2 weeks
Oct 14 9 weeks
Oct 21 I week
Oct 28 I week
Nov II 2 weeks
Nov 25 2 weeks
April 22 10 week term
8/4/87
Apr 29 1 week
June 24 8 weeks
July I I week
Aug. 26 8 weeks
Sept 2 I week
Sept 9 1 week
Sept 30 3 weeks
Oct 7 I week
Dec 2 8 weeks
GENERAL INFORMATION
The following groups will be effectively exempted from the charge by receiving a special allowance to offset the charge:
beneficiaries under Austudy; holders of an award under the Postgraduate Awards S.cheme. and holders of Abstudy grants.
Students in these categories will be reimbursed through the student allowance payments arrangements.
Overseas students who are liable for the Overseas Students Charge (aSe) will be required to pay the administration charge to the University, but lhe ose calculated each year will be reduced by the amount of the administration charge.
Assistance (a) A ustudy
Higher educAtion students on Austudy allowance will receive a special payment of $263 to cover the administration charge.
(b) 1.oans Loans are available to eligible students to pay university charges. The loan period is normally 3-6 months but in appropriate circwnstances may be taken over 12 months. Enquiries should be directed to Mr J Birch. Student Administration Office.
METHOD OF PAYMENT
Students are requested to pay charges due by mailing their cheque and the Statement of Charges Payable form to the University Cashier. The Cashier's internal mail deposit box outside of the Cashier's Office in the McMullin Building may also be used. Payment should be addressed to the Cashier, University of Newcastle, NSW 2308. Cheques and money orders should be payable to the University of Newcastle. Cash payment must be made at the Cashier's Office lst Floor McMullin Building between the hours of 10 am to ·12 noon or 2 pm to 4 pm. These hours will be extended in FebruB!}'.
SCHOLARSHIP HOLDERS AND SPONSORED STUDENTS
Students holding scholarships or receiving other forms of financial assistance must lodge with the Cashier their Statement of Charges Payable form together with a warrant or other written evidence that charges will be paid by the sponsor. Sponsors must provide a separate voucher warrant or letter for each student sponsored. , LOANS.
Students who do not have sufficient funds to pay charges should seek a loan from their bank, building society, credit union or other financial institution. Applications for a loan from the Student Loan Fund should be made to Mr. J. Birch, Student Administration Office. Arrangements should be made well in advance to avoid the risk of a late charge.
REFUND OF CHARGES
A refund of the General Services Charge paid on enrolment or part thereof will be made when the student notifies the Student and Faculty Administration Office of a complete withdrawal from studies by the following dates.
Notification on or before 11th March 1988
Notification on or before 24th June 1988
After 24th June 1988
viii
100% refund.
50% refund.
No refund.
CAMPUS TRAFFIC AND PARKING
A refund cheque will be mailed to a student or if applicable a sponsor. Any change of address mut be advised.
A refund will not be made before 31 Maich 1988.
The Higher EducatioD AdmlDlstratlon Charge will only be refunded It DotlflcatioD of complete withdrawal Is received 00 or before 19th February 1988. A refund of the charge for complete withdrawal wlll not be made after that date.
HIGHER DEGREE CANDIDATES
Higher degree candidates are required' to pay the Higher Education Administration charge and dte General Services charge and Union Entrance charge, if applicable. 'Where the enrolment is effective from First or Second Term, the General Services charge covers the period nom Ihe fltst day of the term to the Friday immediately preceding the fltSt day of First Term in the following academic year. Where emolment is on or after the fltst day of Third Tenn, Ihe General Services charge paid will cover liability to Ihe, end of Ihe long vacation following the next academic yeilt.
The Higher Education Administration ch~ge applies to each academic year, e.g. if enrolment is on the fltSt day of third term the charge is payable for that tenn. On enrolment in the subsequent years a further charge is payable for each year.
CAMPUS TRAFFIC AND PARKING
Persons wishing to bring motor vehicles (inCluding motor cycles) on to the campus are required to cOmplete a -parking registration form for each vehicle. Completed foims -must be lodged with the Attendant (Patrol), Office located _ off the _foyer of the Great Hall. All persons must "(:bmply with· the University's Traffic and Parking Regulations including parking in approved parking areas.- .,W~plying, with road signs and not exceeding 35 t.p.h. on the, campus. If the Manager, Buildings and GJ'()UlldsJi after affording the person a period of seven days in whj.ch"to submit a written statement is satisfied that any person',Is -in bleach 0 f Regulations, he may: -
(a) warn the person against camilling' any further br~ch; 0'
(b) impose a fme; or
(c) refer the matter to the Vice-Chancellor.
The range of fines which may be -imposed· jn I~pect of various categories of breach include:--Parking in areas not set aside for parking. Parking in special service areas, e.8.Jq~8 bays. by fire hydrants. etc. -' :
up 10 SiS
'iiP ~ $15 Driving offences - including speedh;ll ~ dangerous driving " :'_~-- t,,,:-, ,l
Failing to stop when signalled,~. d~:~,6i.~_ Attendant (Patrol) < --', ""'~-- : ":I'~' '''<'-uino,'~30
Refusing to give information to·.~:.'6,~dant. ";:t'~: ·r . (Pmo!) ,'c' , , ,upC," $30 Failing to obey the directions of an ~wnQJ.ant(Patrol) , - ,< •
The Traffic and Parkq.g Regulatio. Calendar. Volwne 1.
SECTION SIX CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
covered may include: an introduction to coal geology and mining; coal transport, handling and storage; pulverizing mills; boilers and furnaces; slagging, fouling. erosion, corrosion; ash collection. NOx and SOx; ash handling. An outline of developing ruing techniques such as slurry fIring, fluidized bed and clean up for gases and solids will also be given.
510159 2 units
ChE513 FURNACE ENGINEERING
Furnace construction and refractories. Heat balances and efficiency. The importance of convection and radiative transfer. The treatment of radiation in furnaces. emitters in coal fIred furnaces, surface emissivities and the thermal conductivity or ash layers. The use of the well-mixed furnace model in quantifying the effects of fuel changes (from oil to gas and coal) and operational changes. An introduction to the zone method of analysis. Flames and jets. entrainment and mixing. swirled jets. The modelling of llame processes and furnace heat IIansfer,
55
SECTION SIX
521092 521093 521094 521095
INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE CE092 CE093 CE094 CE095
Prerequisite Part-time emolment
1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit
These subject units are designed to formalise periods of Industrial Experience gained by part-time students only. Each of the Industrial Experience units is equivalent to one unit of 42 hours. Students will also be required to present a report giving a connected account and critical evaluation of their engineering activities and experience during the year. Such units may be counted by part-lime students as electives. (See Section 4 of this Handbook).
521105 1 unit
CEllI MECHANICS AND STRUCTURES
Introduction to the behaviour of structures. Statics; forces as vectors, resultant, equilibrium in two dimensions. Beams, trusses; method of joints, method of sections. Statical detenninacy. Compatibility. properties of sections, stress, strain, Mohr's circle. Columns; stability. Euler's Cannula.
Texts Atkins. KJ. et al
Mechanics and Structures (Science Press)
Atkins. KJ. Teaching Programmes in Mechanics and Structures (Science Press)
Atkins. K.J. and Darvall. P. Mechanics and Structures: Worked Problems (Science Press)
522113 1 unit
CE212 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS
Prerequisite CEllI
Assumed Know/edge Mathematics I
Shear centre of open thin walled sections, torsion of circular sections, combined stresses, failure criteria; column stability.
522114 . 1 unit
CE213 THEORY OF STRUCTURES I
Prerequisite CEllI
Revise redundancy. stable and unstable structures. Simple statically indetenninate beam problems. Strain energy, dynamic application of loads. energy theorems. Force method for simple pinjointed and plane rigid frames. Displacement method~ slope deflection, moment distribution without sway.
732900 2 units
CE223J ENGINEERING GEOLOGY
Introduction to principles of geology and their application to engineering problems.
56
CIVIL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
Text Mathewson, C.C.
Engineering Geology (Merrill Publishing Company 1981)
522112 2 units
CE224 CIVIL ENGINEERING MATERIALS
Asswned Knowledge GEISI
Theoretical background and laboratory tests of elastic and inelastic properties, creep, hardness and fracture of metals and timber. Properties and behaviour of brick masonry and timber.
Properties and behaviour of bituminous materials. Concrete: component materials, properties of plastic and hardened concrete, concrete mix design, manufacturing and field control.
Texts
Jackson, N. Civil Engineering Materials (Macmillan 1983)
Naglln1ian. N. and Antill. J.M. Australian Concrete Inspection Manual (Pitman, Australia 1978)
522202 1 unit
CE231 FLUID MECHANICS I
Assumed Knowledge Mathematics I, Physics IA or IB
Fluid properties. Fluid statics, stability of submerged and floating bodies, relative equilibrium. Fluid-flow concepts and basic equations of continuity, energy ,linear and angular momentum.
Text
Streeter. V.L. and Wylie. E.B. Fluid Mechanics SI Metric Edition (McGraw-HilIRye .. on 1981)
522204 1 unit
CE232 FLUID MECHANICS II Prerequisite CE231
Dimensional analysis and dynamic similitude. Viscous effects. Fluid resistance. Laminar and turbulent flow. Boundary layer concepts. Drag on immersed bodies. Frictional resistance in conduits. Compressible flow. Compressible flow in conduits. Ideal-fluid flow. Flow nets. Seepage flow.
Text A$ for CE231
523333 2 unit.
CE302 CIVIL ENGINEERlNG lIS
Assumed Knowledge CE201
Fluid Mechanics: fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics, continuity, energy momentum. Flow in pipes conduits and open channels. Hydrology: hydrological cycle. Precipitation and stream flow. Flood estimation. Probability concepts in hydrological design. Soil Mechanics: soil properties, seepage, soil stresses, settlement, compaction, strength and failure criteria.
SECTION SIX
Text Giles. R.V.
Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics 2nd edn (Schaum 1962)
523112 CE314 THEORY OF STRUCTURES II
Prerequisite CE213 Assumed Knowledge CE212
1 unit
Revise moment distribution, introduce sway. Revise flexibility (force) method. Stiffness method; member stiffness matrix, structure stiffness matrix by deformation approach. Influence lines. Introduce plastic theory of structures, bounding theorems.
523118 2 units
CE315 STRUCTURAL DESIGN
Prerequisite CE212 Assumed Knowledge CE213 Loads and loading combinations. Design process, parties involved, conceptual design. Exercises in reinforced concrete and steel members and connections.
Texts B.H.P. Co. Ltd.
Hot Rolled Carbon Steel Sections and Plates (B.H.P. Co. Ltd.)
Gocenc, B.E. and Tinyoll, R. Steel Designer's Handbook (N.S.W.U.P.)
Dorvall. P. LeP. Reinforced and Stressed Concrete (MacMillan 1987)
Relevant S.A.A. Codes
523113 1 unit
CE316 STRESS ANALYSIS
Prerequisite CE212
Assumed Knowledge CE213 General theory of elasticity. Application to bending and stress about circular holes. Stress concentrations, fatigue. Torsion, membrane analogy, closed sections. LateraIl'y loaded plates: Navier, Levi, Rayleigh-Ritz solutions. AXlsymmetric shells. Experimental methods.
Text Timosheoko. S. and Goodier. N.
Theory of Elasticity
523102 2 unit.
CE324 SOIL MECHANICS
Assumed Knowledge CE212 Index properties, classification of soils; pe~eabil~ty, capillarity, seepage and flow nets; stresses 18 sods; seuIement and consolidation; compaction, shear strength and failure criteria; stability of retaining walls.
CIVIL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
Text Scott, C.R.
An Introduction to Soil Mechanics and Foundaticns 2nd edn (Applied Science 1974)
523114 1 unit
CE325 CONCRETE AND METALS TECHNOLOGY
Assumed Knowledge CE224. GEISI Resume of important properties of concrete. Stress-strain and time dependent behaviour, penneability, durability. Additives, accelerated curing, protection of reinforcement, reinforcement corrosion. Water proofing, deterioration and repair of concrete. Non-destructive testing.
Metals used in strucbJreS. Corrosion causes, prevention and control. Effect of welding. Metal fatigue, brittle fracture, laminar tearing.
523306 1 unit
CE333 FLUID MEHCANICS III
Prerequisite CE231 Assumed Knowledge CE232
Fluid measurement Turbomachinery. Specific speed, pumps and turbines, cavitation. Steady-closed conduit flows. Pipe networks. Unsteady flows in pipes and conduits. Wateduunmer.
Text As for CE231
523117 1 unit
CE334 OPEN CHANNEL HYDRAULICS
Assumed Knowledge CE333 Concepts of fluid flow as applied to open channels. Specific energy. Subcritical and supercritical flows. Tr~sitions. Hydraulic jump. Unifonn flow. Gradually varied flow. Lateral inflow. Measurement and controls.
Text French, R.H.
Open Channel Hydraulics (McGmw-HiU 1986)
523115 1 unit
CE341 HYDROLOGY
Assumed KfWwledge or
Corequisites CE232. CE381 HydrologiC cycle processes; precipitation, infiltration, evapotranspiration, runoff and groundwater. Measurement of precipitation and streamflow. Flood hydrology; rainfall and flood frequency analysis, rational method, unitgraph methods. runoff and flood routing. Yield hydrology; water balance rainfall-runoff relationships, flow duration, storage yield a~IYsis. Groundwater hydrology; aquifers, well hydraulics, recharge and extraction, geohydrology, digital models.
57
SECTION SIX
523119 1 unit
CE351 CIVIL ENGINEERING SYSTEMS
General introduction to the systems approach. Techniques available as aids to the identification of optimal policies -mathematical modelling, computer simulation, various mathematical programming techniques. heuristics. Choice of techniques, problem formulation. Example applications of the systems approach to civil engineering problems.
523108 1 unH
CE372 TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING
Elements of regional planning, land-use/transport interaction; transportation modes and system characteristics; transportation demand estimates. data collection; traffic engineering; highway engineering; driver, vehicle and road characteristics. road geometries; road construction, drainage, pavements. maintenance.
Texts
Lay, M.G. Source Book for Australian Roads (Australian Road Research Board) Interim Guide to Geometric Design of Rural Roads (NAASRA 1980)
523116 1 unit
CE381 STATISTICAL METHODS
Prerequisite EM2CO
Assumed Knowledge GE204 or SV232
This course provides an introduction to probability and statistics useful in civil engineering practice. Overviews of probability and distribution theory. Probability distributions commonly used in civil engineering. Descriptive methods. Statistical inference. Fitting probability distributions. Bayesian regression models of linear and non-linear physical systems. Data generation. Computer packages. Example applications in water resource, structural and transport engineering.
524065 1 unit
CE417 THEORY OF STRUCTURES III
Assumed'Knowledge CE314, CE315 and CE316
Plastic analysis of frames. Lower bound design, main code requirements. plastic stability. Yield line analysis of slabs, strip method of design, flat slab systems. Retaining walls. Basic design of prestressed concrete structures.
524073 1 unit
CE418 MASONRY AND TIMBER DESIGN
Assumed Knowledge CE314 and CE315
The properties and behaviour of masonry and its components. The design of masonry structures including recent developments in high rise construction. The properties and behaviour of timber. The design of timber structures.
58
CIVIL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
524074 1 unit
CE419 DYNAMICS AND STABILITY OF STRUCTURES
Assumed Knowledge CE314
Vibration of single degree of freedom systems, lwnped mass systems, multi-degrees of freedom systems, frequency of vibration, introduction to random vibrations, impulse loading. Stability concept; vanishing stiffness matrix. Elastic stability of framed structures using matrix stability functions. Tabulated solutions.
524066 1 unit
CE426 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING
Assumed Knowledge CE324
Site investigation, design of shallow foundations, piled foundations, soil improvement, design of embankments, cuttings, earth dams.
Text
Bowles,1.E. Foundation Analysis and Design 3rd edn (McGrawHill 1982)
524075 1 unit
CE427 ROCK MECHANICS
Assumed Knowledge CE324
Index properties and classification, rock strength and failure criteria, deformation of rocks, in situ stress, planes of weakness, foundations on rock, underground openings, rock slopes.
524076 1 unit
CE435 RIVER AND COASTAL ENGINEERING
Assumed Knowledge CE334
Review and extension of elementary principles of open channel flow. Erosion by currents, waves, rainfall and overland flow. Sediment transportation by streams. Measuring devices. Fluvial morphology, river training. Scour protection at artificial river constrictions. Tides and currents. Waves. Reflection, refraction and diffraction. Movement of material by the sea, littoral drift. Coastal protection. River and coastal models.
Text
Henderson, F.M. Open Channel Flow (Collier-Macmillan, 1966)
524068 1 unit
CE442 PUBLIC HEALTH ENGINEERING
Assumed Knowledge Chemistry IS
Elements of microbiology; self-purification of natural waters; water quality management; municipal water supply and sewage systems.
SECTION SIX
524067 1 unit
CE443 WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING
AssumedKnowledge CE341 andCE351
This course considers several areas of applied water resow-ces engineering emphasizing synthesis of basic principles and design. Urban drainage: layout and design, runoff routing, retarding basins. Flood management: mitigation schemes. Water supply systems: objectives, economics, stochastic behaviour, design, operation, modelling.
524069 1 unit
CE452 CIVIL ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT
Management: construction company failures and the need for efficient management; principles of management, management functions and techniques; nature and type of organisational structures. Industrial relations and law. Administration: costing; estimating; engineering contracts; drawings and specifications; tendering. Project Planning and Control: planning; constructing and analysing net~orks; resource levelling; cost minimization; presentation of infonnation; control.
524070 t unit
CE453 CIVIL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION
Construction Plant: classification, selection and use of plant; plant organisation; plant cost, purchase or hire; site establishment and temporary works. Construction Methods and Equipment: earthmoving; drilling and blasting; tunnelling; foundation drilling; piling; bridge and building construction.
Text
Antill, I.M. and Ryan, P.W.S. Civil Engineering Construction (Angus and Robertson, 1973)
524071 2 units
CE454 CIVIL ENGINEERING DESIGN
Prerequisite All Year TIl subjects
Examples of Civil Engineering design in steel and conc~~te structures, geomechanics and water resource systems. VISIts to works of interest. Interaction with other professions; regulatory authorities and practising engineers.
524072 2 units
CE455 PROJECT
Prerequisite All Year TIl subjects
Literature review, analytical and/or experimental investigation of one or more civil engineering design problems. Presentation of seminar.
524079 4 units
CE456 PROJECT
Prerequisite All Year TIl subjects
In exceptional circumstances and with the pennission of ~e Head of the Deparunent of Civil Engineering and Surveymg
CIVIL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
a four unit project may be taken in lieu of CE454 Civil Engineering Design and CE455 Project. The nature of the investigation will depend upon the topic.
524080 1 unit
CE473 ENGINEERING SURVEYING II
Prerequisite SVll1 (orCEI?I)
Precise levelling, trigonometric levelling, barometric levelling, single-second theodolites, approximate adjustment of plane triangulation.
Text
Fryer, J.G. and Elfick, M.H. Elementary Surveying SI (Harper and Row 1986)
524077 1 unit
CE474 HIGHWAY ENGINEERING
Assumed Knowledge CE372
Structure of road pavements; failure modes; pavement design methods. Material requirements, strength, strain at failure, fatigue, skid resistance. Testing of materials, subgrade, granular and stabilized bases, bituminous materials.
Texts
Lay,M.G. Source Book for Australian Roads (Australian Road Research Board)
NAASRA Guide to the Structural Design of Road Pavements
524078 1 unit
CE482 FINITE ELEMENT METHODS
Prerequisites GE204 and GE20S
Introduction to the finite element method. Emphasis on the generality of the technique. Topics covered inClude Lagrange interpolation, numerical integration, solution to linear equations, truss beams, beam elements, 2·dimensional sol~d elements and the solution of field problems. Theory IS reinforced by programming assignments which use the NAG fmite element library.
524048 1 unit
CE490 SPECIAL TOPIC
524049 1 unit
CE491 SPECIAL TOPIC
59
SECTION SIX ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE 531302 EE092 1 unit 531303 EE093 1 unit 531304 EE094 1 unit 531305 EE095 1 unit 531306 EE096 1 unit
Prerequisite Part-time Enrolment
These subject units are designed to formalise periods of Industrial Experience gained by parHime students only. Each of the Industrial Experience units is equivalent to one unit of 42 hours. Students will also be required to present a report giving a connected account and critical evaluation of their engineering activities and experience during the year. Such units may be counted by part-time students as electives. (See Section4 of this Handbook).
531307 2 units
EE097 INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE II
Prerequisite Pennission of Head of Department
This 2-unit elective is available to "sandwich" course students only. The student must be in appropriate full-time employment for one calendar year from 1st July in the year preceding enrolment to 30th June in the year of enrolmeoh A diary must be kept, a seminar presented, and a detailed report sublnitted to the student's adviser. The report must indicate that the student has been engaged in a major engineering project
~m6 4~~
EEI00 ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING I
Enrolment in this subject is limited to students enrolled in the BE programmes in Computer Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Industrial Engineering and Mechanical Engineering.
Electrical and Computer Engineering I is an introductory course to electrical circuits and digital systems. The lectures are supported by tutorials and extensive laboratory work. The laboratory component includes an introduction to oscilloscopes. function generators. electtonic power supplies and other laboptory instrwnents.
Pari 1.
Introduction to Electrical Engineering. Concepts of voltage. current impedance, power and units of same. Voltage sources and current sources. Ohms Law, Kirchoffs Laws. Parallel and series resistive circuits. Inductors and capacitors and their properties. Response of series RC and LC networks when fed from switched d.c. sources. a.c. power sources. Peak and r.m.s. quantities. Resistors. capacitors and inductors fed from sinusoidal voltage sources. Concept of phase. The phasor. Complex impedance and admittance. Phasor diagrams. Power. apparent power and reactive power in a.c. circuits. Power factor. Balanced 3-phase circuit analysis. Natural and forced response. Simple LCR circuits.
Part .2
The binary numbering system. Introduction to logic functions and logical circuits. Combinational logic, analysis and synthesis. MSI and LSI circuits. Elementary sequential logic. flip-flops. registers. counters and memory devices.
60
Octal and hexadecimal number systems. Introduction to coding. Basic structures of computers. The function of the processor, main and secondary memory, I/O devices. Concept of buses. Memory, processor, I/O device interconnection. Function of data. address and control buses. Introduction to microprocessors. Basic elements of the processor, registers, ALU and control logic. Description of machine cycles. Introduction to microprocessor instruction sets. Examples of microcomputer interfacing and applications.
531205 1 unit
EE130 INTRODUTION TO ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Only Mechanical or Industrial Engineering students who require this subjectfor transition purposes may enrol in it in 1988.
A series of lectures and tutorials offered by the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering as a service course for students enrolled in the Civil Engineering programme. Elementary circuit theory for resistive circuits. Introduction of inductance and capacitance. Transient response of RL and RC circuits. Extension of circuit theory to simple AC circuits. Overview of Electrical Machines.
531208 1 unit
EE13lT CIRCUIT FUNDAMENTALS
This subject is only available in 1988 to Electrical or Computer Engineering students requiring it for transition purposes.
The course comprises lectures and tutorials. Syl1abus: see syllabus of EElOO - part 1.
531207 1 unit
EE161T INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY
This subject is only available in 1988 to Electrical or Computer Engineering students requiring it for transition purposes.
The course comprises lectures and tutorials. Syllabus: see syllabus ofEElOO - part 2.
532202 5 units
EE200 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING II
Prerequisites EElOO and Mathematics I
Assumed Knowledge Physics IA
The fundamental concepts of electrical engineering are expounded. The subject builds on and expands the year I circuits topics. The student is also introduced to semiconductor devices. which form the basis of future courses in electronics. and to electro-mechanical energy conversion principles which form the basis of future power cowses. Part 1 Magnets. magnetic circuit laws. B-H characteristics. hysteresis and Eddy current loss. Composite magnetic circuit analysis. Faraday's Law. Lenz's Law. prinCiples of motors and generators. Flux linkage and inductance. self-
,
SECTION SIX ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
magnetising, mutual and leakage inductance of c?upled circuits. Voltage equations for mutually coupled colis and the air-cored transformer. The practical iron-cored transformer, its equivalent circuit and phasor diagra~. Transformer testing. Polyphase transformers and their connections. The per-unit system. Electromechanical transducers. Law of conservation of energy and its application to singly-excited and double excited systems.
Part 2 Solid state physics. Conduction mechanisms in semiconductors. PN junctions. Bi-polar transistors. FETs. Circuit models of semiconductor devices.
Part 3 Review of a.c. circuit theory. Nodal and mesh analysis, Thevenin's, Nortons and super position theorems. Star delta transformations. Laplace transformation techniques for time domain solutions. Transfer functions. Fourier series. Dependent sources. Applications of circuit analysis techniques.
532120 1 unit
EE211T ELECTRO-MECHANICAL ENERGY CONVERSION
This subject is only available in 1988 to Electrica.l.or Computer Engineering students requiring it for transltlOn purposes. The course comprises lectures and tutorials. Syllabus: see syllabus of EE200 - part I.
532121 1 unit
EE221T SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
This subject ;s only available in 1988 t~ Electrica! .or Computer Engineering students requiring II for transttlon purposes. The course comprises lectures and tutorials. Syllabus: see syllabus of EE200 - part 2.
532122 1 unit
EE232T ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS
This subject is only available in 1~~8 t~ Electrica! .or Computer Engineering students reqUlTlng II for transJUon purposes. The course comprises lectures and tutorials. Syllabus: see syllabus of EE200 - part 3.
=113 lu~
EE262 SYSTEMATIC PROGRAMMING
This subject is only available in 1988 t~ Electrica! .or Computer Engineering students requiring II for transltlon purposes.
Prerequisite Mathematics I
An introduction to structured programming and the design of algorithms. The high level language Pascal is co~ered in some detail. It is used to demonstrate the techmques of structured programming and stepwise refinement. good coding style and documentation and methods of pro~~m debugging and testing. Topics include the fonnal defimtion
of high level languages, conditional statements. looping, case statements, the role of goto constructs, procedures, recursion and basic data structures. .
532114
EE263 OF
1 unit
INTRODUCTION TO STRUCTURING INFORMATION
This subject is only available in 1988 to Computer Engineering students requiring it for transition purposes.
Basic data structures and the design and analysis of algorithms which use these data structures. an introduction to the concept of an abstract data type and the abstraction and implementation of data types including lists. stacks, queues, trees, graphs and sets. Particular attention is given to the problem of sorting and some common algorithm design techniques such as divide-and-conquer, backtracking and greedy algorithms.
532116 1 unit
EE264 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE
This subject is only available in 1988 to Electrical or Computer Engineering students requiring it for transition purposes.
Prerequisite Mathematics I
This course is divided into two sections. The first section provides an introduction to computer organisation and assembly language programming. Topics covered include data representation. computer structures, registers, addressing modes, instruction sets, subroutines and the use of stacks.
The second section of the course is an introduction to operating system principles. Topics covered include process management, synchronisation. memory management and file systems.
Text
Deitai, H.M. An Introduction to Operating Systems (AddisonWesley 1984)
532119 2 units
EE265 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING COMPUTATIONS
Prerequisite Mathematics [
This subject introduces the discipline of computer programming and illustrates the key concepts through the programming languages PASCAL and FOR!RAN. The course consists of two equal parts, one covermg software and programming languages and one covering numerical methods. The course comprises approximately 50% lectures and 50% tutorials and practical computer programming.
533103 2 units
EE310 POWER AND MACHINES
Prerequisite EE200 Assumed Knowledge Ph221
61
SECTION SIX ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
The course comprises a series of lectures, tutorials and laboratory sessions-which introduce electrical power generation systems and power utilisation by, electrical machines.
Topic A (EE314)
Fundamental concepts associated with rotating machines. Machine construction. Machine windings' and their parameters. Detailed steady ~tate analysis & perfonnance of d.c, machines and induction machines.
Topic B (EE313)
Slructure of electrical power systems. energy sources; the synchronous machine; transmission lines; surge phenomena, switchgear. watt and VAR flow control; substations and control fooms; distribution systems; reliability.
Texts Electrical Machines ~ Course noles
Weedy,B.M. Electrical Power Systems (John Wiley)
533201 1 unit
EE313 POWER SYSTEMS
This subject is only available in to Electrical or Computer Engineering students requiring itfor transition purposes.
Prerequisite EE211
Structure of electrical power systems, energy sources; the synchronous machine; transmission lines; surge phenomena, switchgear, watt and V AR flow control; substations and control roomSj distribution systems; reliability.
Text
Weedy,B.M. Electrical Power Systems (John Wiley)
533106 1 unit
EE314 ELECTRICAL MACHINES
This subject is only available in to Electrical or Computer Engineering students requiring itfor transition purposes.
Prerequisite EE211
Fundamental concepts associated with rotating machines. Machine construction. Machine windings and their parameters. Detailed steady state analysis & performance of d.c. machines and induction machines.
Text Electrical Machines - Course notes
533111 1 unit
EE315 POWER ELECTRONICS
This subject is only available to Electrical or Computer Engineering students requiring itfor transition purposes.
Prerequisite EE232
Power supplies, voltage regulators, power devices- JT's Mos Fets, SCR's and Triacs (device limitations and protection). Converter topologies and analysis. Inverter topologies and analysis.
62
533120 3 units
EE320 ELECTRONICS
Prerequisite EE200
Assumed Knowledge Ph221
This course will consist of approximately 65 hours of lectures, 40 hours of laboratories and 15 hours of tutorials. The course consists of three topics.
Topic A (EE323)
Discrete Component Electronics. Material covered will include: FET and BJT switching circuits, amplifier circuits, current sources, matched devices, introduction to amplifier frequency response.
Topic B (EE324)
Integrated Electronics. Material covered will include: Differential amplifiers, Gp. Amps, Ideal Gp. Amp behaviour, common Gp. Amp circuits, Non-Ideal behaviour, Digital Logic families-TIL, CMOS, NMOS, Static & Dynamic characteristics.
Topic C (EE315)
Power supplies, voltage regulators, power devices- JT's Mos Fets, SCR's and Triacs (device limitations and protection). Converter topologies and analysis. Inverter topologies and analysis.
Texts
Horowitz & Hill The Art of Electronics (Cambridge University Press)
Power Electronics Lecture Notes
533117 1 unit
EE323 LINEAR ELECTRONICS I
This subject is only available to Electrical or Computer Engineering students requiring itfor transition purposes.
Prerequisite EE221
Discrete Component Electronics. Material covered will include: FET and BIT switching circuits, amplifier circuits, current sources, matched devices, introduction to amplifier frequency response.
Text
Horowitz & Hill The Art of Electronics (Cambridge University Press)
533118 1 unit
EE324 LINEAR ELECTRONICS II
This subject is only available to Electrical or Computer Engineering students requiring it for transition purposes.
PrerequiSite EE323
Integrated Electronics. Material covered will include: Differential amplifiers, Op. Amps, Ideal Op. Amp behaviour, common Op. Amp circuits, Non-Ideal behaviour, Digital Logic families-TIL, CMOS, NMOS, Static & Dynamic characteristics.
Text
Horowitz & Hil! The Art of Electronics (Cambridge University Press)
SECTION SIX ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
533119 1 unit
EE326 DIGITAL DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY
This subject is only available to Electrical or Computer Engineering students requiring it for transition purposes.
Prerequisite EE362 or consent of InSbUctor
Logic families: Static and dynamic characteristics, noise performance. Switching performance of digital devices and systems: signal skewing, set·up!hold time requirements; Metastable behaviour at asynchronous/synchronous interfaces. Pipelining and Parallelism: space time tradeoff. Digital System Interconnections: Single and differential transmission; open collector and tristate buses; nonlinear digital interconnection transients. Noise generation and suppression in digital systems.
Bus Control Techniques: Centralisedldecentralised. Bus handshaking.
533133 1 unit
EE344 COMMUNICATIONS
This subject is only available to Electrical or Computer Engineering students requiring it for transition purposes.
Prerequisites EE232 and Maths IIA
Spectral Analysis; Random Signals and Noise; Fundamentals of Analog Signal Processing; Amplitude modulation, frequency modulation, phase modulation, pulse modulation; Noise in communications systems; Analysis of commercial communication systems: AM and PM radio, colour television.
Text
Stremler, F.G. Introduction to Communication Systems 2nd edn (Addision-Wesley 1982)
533116 1 unit
EE345 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
This subject is only available to Electrical or Computer Engineering students requiring it for transition purposes.
Prerequisite GE361
A selection of topics from the following areas. Signal processing; Filter synthesis; passive fllters; active biquads; sensitivity; realization of active two-ports; switched capacitor fillers; finite and infinite impulse response digital filters; discrete fourier transform; fast fourier transform algorithms; applications to industrial signal processing, image processing, speech synthesis.
Texts
Wai-Kai Chen Passive and Active Filters (John·Wiley & Sons 1986)
Stanley, W.D. et al. Digital Signal Processing 2nd edn (Reston PubI. Co. 1984)
533150 2 units
EE350 COMMUNICATIONS
Prerequisite EE200
Assumed Knowledge Ph221
This subject comprises two topics which expound the fundamentals of communication systems, propagation and antennas. The lectures are supplemented by laboratory work and tutorials.
Topic A (EE344)
Spectral Analysis; Random Signals and Noise; Fundamentals of Analog Signal Processing; Amplitude modulation, frequency modulation, phase modulation, pulse modulation; Noise in communications systems; Analysis of commercial communication systems: AM and FM radio, colour television.
Topic B (EE451)
Revision of Maxwell's equations. Solutions to various media, reflection, polarisation. Poyntings power flow theorem. Attenuation and surface impedance. Free space and guided wave propagation including coaxial, waveguide and strip line configurations. Electromagnetic sources and potential functions, radiation and elementary antenna theory. TeChniques for obtaining the surface current distribution on an arbitrary antenna by analytic and computational methods. Solutions of potential equations, near and far field distributions. Characteristics of common antenna configurations including primary source wire antennas, antenna arrays and secondary source antennas. Ground wave and ionospheric propagation.
Text
Stremler, P.G. Introduction to Communication Systems 2nd edn (Addison Wesley 1982)
533222 1 unit
EE362 SWITCHING THEORY AND LOGIC DESIGN
This subject is only available to Electrical or Computer Engineering students requiring it for transition purposes.
Prerequisite EE264 or consent of Instructor
Boolean algebra, combinational logic, logical circuits. minimization techniques, threshold logic. Data representation, binary arithmetic, codes. error checking and correcting. Sequential logic, flip-flops, state diagrams, state reduction" races and hazards. Logic subsystems; registers, adders, counters, convertors, coders, etc. Basic architecture of digital computers.
Lectures will be supplemented by practical assignments on logic trainers and some tutorial sessions.
Text
Mano,M.M. Digital Design (Prentice-HaI11984)
533170 4 units
EE370 COMPUTER ENGINEERING II
Prerequisite EElOO
A course of lectures and practical exercises on the hardware and software aspects of computer systems design, with particular emphasis on microprocessor systems.
For 1987 the course will be taught in four sections: 63
SECTION SIX ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
(a) Logic design & computer architecture (EE362)
(b) Multiprogramming and operating systems (EE463)
(c) Digital design (EE326)
(d) Microprocessor interfacing & assembly language (GE325)
Texts
Moylan. Pl. Assembly Language jor Engineers (Ellis Horwood 1987)
Mano,M.M. Digital Design (Prentice-Hall 1984)
533208 1 unit
EE380 PROJECT/DIRECTED READING
This subject is only available to Electrical or Computer Engineering students requiring it for transition purposes. Prerequisite Written pennission of the Head of Department
Private work of laboratory. literature search or theoretical nature requiring the preparation of a report Taken under the direction of a supervisor with whom the topic should be negotiated.
534152 2 units
EE410 ADVANCED POWER AND MACHINES
Prerequisite EE310
The subject comprises 2 advanced topics in power engineering. The lectures are supplemented by laboratory work and tutorials.
Topic A : Power Systems Power flow analysis, economic dispatch; fault calculations; synchronous machine transients; protection; automatic generation control; power system stability; system expansion studies.
Topic B (EE417)
Application of converters and choppers to d.c. machine drive systems; Perfqrmance analysis of d.c. machines under transient conditions. Control systems for variable speed d.c. drives. Application of cycloconverter and inverters to a.c. machine drives. Perfonnance analysis of a.c. machines under transient conditions. Control systems for variable speed a.c. drives.
Text Bergen, A. R.
Power System Analysis (PrenticeMHall 1986)
534149 1 unit
EE413 POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND OPERATION
This subject is only available to Electrical or Computer Engineering students requiring itfor transition purposes. Prerequisite EE313 Power flow analysis, economic dispatch; fault calculations; synchronous machine transients; protection; automatic
64
generation control; power system stability; system expansion studies.
Text
Bergen, A. R. Power System Analysis (Prentice-Hall 1986)
534146 1 unit
EE417 VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE SYSTEMS
This subject is only available to Electrical or Computer Engineering students requiring itfor transition purposes. Prerequisite EE315
Application of conveters and choppers to d.c. machine drive systems; Performance analysis of d.c. machines under transient conditions. Control systems for variable speed d.c. drives. Application of cycloconverter and inverters to a.c. machine drives. Perfonnance analysis of ac. machines under transient conditions. Control systems for variable speed a.c. drives.
534153 2 units
EE420 ADVANCED ELECTRONICS
Prerequisite EE320
This course consists of approximately 55 hours of lectures and 25 hours of lalxustories.
Topic A (EE421)
Advanced Amp. circuits. insrrumentation amplifiers. noise and interference in electronic circuits. shielding and grounding, high speed circuits and techniques.
Topic B (EE422)
Broadband amplifiers, Narrowband amplifiers. z, y. h and s parameters. oscillators. phase locked loops. f to V and V to f converters, Analog multipliers. A-D Converters. DMA Converters.
Text Horowitz & Hill
The Art of Electronics (Cambridge University Press)
534109 I unit
EE421 ELECTRONIC DESIGN A
This subject is only available 10 Electrical or Computer Engineering students requiring itfor transition purposes. Prerequisite EE323
Advanced Amp. circuits. insrrumentation amplifiers, noise and interference in electronic circuits, shielding and grounding. high speed circuits and techniques. Text
Horowitz & Hill The Art of Electronics (Cambridge University Press)
534110 1 unit
EE422 ELECTRONIC DESIGN B
This subject is only available to Electrical or Computer Engineering students requiring itfor transition purposes. Prerequisite EE323
SECTION SIX ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
Broadband amplifiers, Narrowband amplifiers, z, y, h and s parameters, oscillators, phase locked loops, f to V and V to f converters, Analog multipliers. AMD Converters, DMA Converters.
Text Horowitz & Hill
The Art of Electronics (Cambridge University Press)
534147 1 unit
EE426 ADVANCED DIGITAL SYSTEMS
This subject is only available to Electrical or Computer Engineering students requiring it for transition purposes.
Prerequisite GE325
Computer architecture covering parallel computing, multiprocessor architectures and interconnection techniques.
Text Hwang. K. and Briggs. F. A.
Computer Architecture & Parallel Processing (McGraw-Hill 1985)
534154 2 units
EE440 ADVANCED CONTROL
Prerequisite GE361
This subject gives an advanced treatment of estimation and control theory with emphasis on techniques with industrial relevance. The subject comprises 2 topics as follows:
Topic A: Background Theory Topics to be covered include: State space models. digital control, advanced transfonn techniques, controllability, observability, modern control system design, multivariable systems, digital filtering. adaptive control and digital implementation issues. The material will be illustrated by industrial case studies.
Topic B: Design
The theory outlined above will be used to design controllers for practical examples. Simulation studies and/or laboratory examples will be conducted.
Text Middleton. R.H. and Goodwin. O.C.
Digital Estimation and Control, A Unified Approach (lOappear)
534134 1 unit
EE447 DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS
This subject is only available to Electrical or Computer Engineering students requiring it for transition purposes.
Prerequisite EE344 or Consent of Instructor
Fundamentals of information theory and channel capacity, baseband data transmission, digital carrier modulation, quantisation schemes, pulse code modulation. timing recovery, matched filters, equalisation, error control coding. local area networks, satellite communications, fibre optic transmission.
534155 2 units
EE450 ADVANCED COMMUNICATIONS
Prerequisite EE350
This subject consists of advanced topics in communications. The lectures are supplemented by laboratory work and tutorials.
Topic A: (EE447)
Fundamentals of infonnation theory and channel capacity. baseband data transmission, digital carrier modulation, quantisation schemes, pulse code modulation. timing recovery, matched filters. equalisation. error control coding, local area networks. satellite communications, fibre optic transmission.
Topic B: (EE345)
A selection of topics from the following areas. Signal processing, Filter synthesis; passive filters; active biquads; sensitivity; realization of active twoMports; switched capacitor fllters; finite and infmite impulse response digital filters; discrete fourier transfonn; fast fourier transform algorithms; applications to industrial signal processing, image processing. speech synthesis.
Texts Wai-Kai Chen
Passive and Active Filters (JohnMWiley & Sons 1986)
Stanley. W.D. et.al. Digital Signal Processing 2nd edn (Reston Publ. Co. 1984)
534148 1 unit
EE451 ELECTROMAGNETIC PROPAGATION AND ANTENNAS
This subject is only available to Electrical or Computer Engineering students requiring it for transition purposes. Prerequisites Ph221 and Mathematics IIA
Revision of Maxwell's equations. Solutions to various media, reflection, polarisation. Poyntings power flow theorem. Attenuation and surface impedance. Free space and guided wave propagation including coaxial, waveguide and strip line configurations. Electromagnetic sources and potential functions, radiation and elementary antenna theory. Techniques for obtaining the surface current distribution on an arbitrary antenna by analytic and computational methods. Solutions of potential equations, near and far field distributions. Characteristics of common antenna configurations including primary source wire antennas. antenna arrays and secondary source antennas. Ground wave and ionospheric propagation.
534156 2 units
EE460 COMPUTER SOFTWARE
Not offered in 1988.
Prerequisite Computer Science II
Assumed Know/edge EE370
A course consisting primarily of practical work on a large software development project.
65
SECTION SIX ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
534124 1 unit
EE463 COMPUTER OPERATING SYSTEMS
This subject is only available to Electn'cal or Computer Engineering students requiring iJ for transition purposes. Prerequisites EE264. (Topic ML) or Consent of InsbUctor
Views of an operating system. Multiprogramming. interacting concurrent processes, process control primitives. Processor management. memory management. name management Protection.
534157 2 units
EE470 COMPUTER SYSTEMS
Prerequisite EE200 Assumed Knowledge Ph221
A course consisting of 84 hours of lectures, tutorials and laboratory work covering the areas of real-time system design. multiprocessor architectures and VLSI. The course is divided into three topics as follows:
Topic A : (EE426)
Computer architecture covering parallel computing. multiprocessor architectures and interconnection techniques. *
Topic B: (I'll525/1)
Real-time systems design which is a laboratory based component dealing with the interrelationship between hardware and software in real-time systems.
Topic C: (EE525/2)
Introduction to large scale integrated circuit design.
Texl:
Hwang, K. and Briggs, F. A. Computer Architecture & Parallel Processing (McGraw-HilI 1985)
534151 4 units
EE483 COMPUTER ENGINEERING PROJECT
Prerequisite ~ompletion of all Year III subjects in the Computer Engineering Course The fmal year project for Computer Engineering students. Usually consisting of literature survey, and review, analytical and/or experimental investigation of a computer engineering problem. Two (2) copies of Ibe Project Repurt are ""Iuired.
534158 4 units
EE484 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROJECT
Prerequisite Completion of all Year III subjects in the Electrical Engineering Course The fmal year project for Electtical Engineering students. Usually consisting of literature survey, and review, analytical and/or experimental investigation of an electtical engineering problem. Two (2) copies of Ibe Project Report ... ""Iuired.
66
534159 1 unit
EE485 SEMINAR
Corequisite EE483 or EE484
Students are required to present a seminar based on their project work. A series of seminars is also given by invited guest speakers. Weekly attendance at seminars is compulsory.
LIST OF EE500-600 SUBJECTS
A limited selection of the following subjects will be offered each year subject to adequate enrolments.
530144 1 unit
EE513 POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND OPERATION
530107 1 unit
EE516 ADVANCED POWER SYSTEMS
Prerequisite EE410
Selected topics from power system analysis, control. stability and security.
Texts
Anderson, P.M. and Fouad, A.A. Power System Control and Stability (Iowa State University Press 1977)
Pai, M.A. Power System Stability (North-Holland 1981)
Yao-NanYu, Electric Power System Dynamics (Academic Press 1983)
530105 1 unit
EE517 VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE SYSTEMS
530148 1 unit
EE525 MICROPROGRAMMED AND MICROPROCESSOR SYSTEMS
530142 1 unit
EE526 ADVANCED DIGITAL SYSTEMS
530149 1 unit
EE527 VLSI AND DESIGN AUTOMATION
530145 1 unit
EE541 ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
530124 1 unit
EE542 SYSTEMS THEORY
Prerequisite EE440 Selected topics from nonlinear systems analysis. stability theory, geomettic concepts. complex behaviour. controller synthesis and applications .
, SECTION SIX ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
Texts
Vidyasagar, M. Nonlinear Systems Analysis (Prentice-Hall 1978)
Hill, DJ. and Moylan, P.I. Dissipativeness and Stability of Nonlinear Systems (to appear)
Gukenheimer. J. and Holmes, P. Nonlinear Oscillations. Dynamical Systems and Bifurcations olVector Fields (Springer-Venlag 1983)
Isidori, A. Nonlinear Control Systems: An Introduction (Springer-Venlag 1985)
530120 1 unit
EE543 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES
530146 1 unit
EE545 ADVANCED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
530129 1 unit
EE547 DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS
530143 1 unit
EE551 ELECTROMAGNETIC PROPAGATION AND ANTENNAS
530141 1 unit
EE562 TOPICS IN SWITCffiNG THEORY
530117 1 unit
EE563 COMPUTER OPERATING SYSTEMS
530147 1 unit
EE566 AUTOMATA THEORY
530125 1 unit
EE567 COMPUTER PROCESS CONTROL
530121 1 unit
EE568 ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE
530135 2 units
EE580 PROJECT
530139 3 units
EE580 PROJECT
530161 4 units
EE580 PROJECT
530111 1 unit
EE590 SEMINAR
530137 1 unit
EE591 SEMINAR
530138 1 unit
EE592 SEMINAR
530140 1 unit
EE593 SEMINAR
A series of seminars for full-time postgraduate students who each will prepare approximately one seminar per semester on a technical or theoretical subject. Each student will also attend EE496 seminars.
530150 1 unit
EE641 ADAPTIVE CONTROL
Prerequisite EE440
Terminology. Brief history. Certainty equivalence principle. gradient and least squares estimators. Principles of control law synthesis. stability and convergence of adaptive controllers. Industrial applications.
Texts
Goodwin and Sin Adaptive Filtering, Prediction and Control (PrenticeHaJl1984)
Goodwin and Middleton Digital Estimations and Control A Unified Approach (to appear)
530151 1 unit
EE642 ESTIMATION AND SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION
Prerequisite EE440 Models for systems. Models for noise and disturbances. Estimators and their properties. Linear estimation with Markov models. Kalman filtering. Smoothing and prediction. Spectorial factorisation. Extended Kalman filtering. ARMAX models. Output and prediction error methods. Pseudo-linear regressions. Properties of coloured noise. Errors in variables.
Texts
Goodwin and Payne Dynamic System Identification (Academic Press 1977)
de Solml and Goodwin Estimation and System Identification (to appear)
Ljung and Soderslrom Theory and Practice of Recursive Identification (MIT Press 1983) Solo Time Series Analysis (Springer Verlag 1986)
67
SECTION SIX GENERAL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING SUBJECTS CONTINUED 530162 I unit
EE661 COMPUTER NETWORKS
Network Architectures and Topologies. Modelling, Routing and Layer Descriptions. Protocol and Standards. Local Networks and Examples. Distributed Operating System. Seewity and Compression. Gateways.
Text Tanenbaum, A.S.
Computer Networks (Prentice-Hall 1981)
68
50n03 I unit : weight 0
GEIOI INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING
A course of lectures. seminars and plant visits intended to enhance an understanding of the role of the professional engineer in industry and society.
501102 I unit
GEISI INTRODUCTION TO MATERIALS SCIENCE
The course provides a general introduction to materials of enlIDeering Significance and to the relationships which exist between structures. properties and applications. The detailed treatment of various aspects is left to the latter stages of the degree programme. The following sections are given approximately equal amounts of time and emphasis. Atomic bonding; atomic arrangements in metals, glasses and polymers; the effects of stress and temperature on simple metals; the control of metallic structures by composition and thermal treatments; common metals of engineering importance; the structures and properties of ceramics and cement products. Polymers. rubbers and woods; engineering applications for polymers; the mechanical testing of materials; composite material; the electrical, magnetic, optical and thermal properties of solid materials.
Text
Askeland. D.R
oc
The Science and Engineering of Materials (p.W.S. Publishers 1984)
Flinn. RA. and Trojan, P.K. Engineering Materials and Their ApplicaJions 2nd or 3rd edn. (Houghton, Mifflin 1981)
502001 I unit
GE204 ENGINEERING COMPUTATIONS I
Prerequisite Mathematics I
This course is concerned with computer programming. with particular emphasis on programming style. The use of terminals. files and editing techniques will be covered. Also some aspec[S of computer hardware and data handling will be considered. Some numerical analysis techniques will be discussed to provide examples for programming. These will include solution of single non-linear equations. interpolation and integration.
Text
Browne L.W.B. A Fortran Primer (Prentice-Ha11 1982)
Balfour, A. and Marwick, D.H. Programming in Standard Fortran 77 (Heinemann 1979)
Handbook for VAX/VMS (The University of Newcastle Computing Centre)
, SECTION SIX GENERAL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
502002 I unit
GE20S ENGINEERING COMPUTATIONS II
Prerequisite GE204 This course is concerned with developing a student's ability to write computer programmes that use numerical analysis techniques to solve problems in the engineering field. Some discussion of the theories behind the numerical analysis techniques is given but the main emphasis is on computing.
The programming work of Engineering Computations I is extended to include some advanced Fortran programming techniques, the use of graph-plotting routines and the use of computer libraries such as the NAG library. Emphasis is placed on curve fitting to well-ordered data and to experimental data and the differentiation and integration of such data. Systems of equations, both linear and non-linear are considered. Other material covered includes solution of ordinary differential equations and partial differential equations.
Text Gerald, C.F. and Wheatley, P.O.
Applied Numerical Analysis 3rd edn (Addison-Wesley 1984)
Handbook for VAX/VMS (The University of Newcastle Computing Centre)
502003 I unit
GE206 COMPUTATIONAL METHODS I
This subject is only available in 1988 to students requiring it for transition purposes.
Prerequisite Mathematics I
This course is concerned with computer programming, with particular emphasis on programming style. The use of terminals, files and editing techniques will be covered. Also some aspects of computer hardware and data handling will be considered. Some numerical analysis techniques will be discussed to provide examples for programming. These will include solution of single non-linear equations, interpolation, curve fits. differentiations. integration and systems of equations,linear and non-linear.
Texts Handbook for VAXIVMS (University of Newcastle Computing Centre)
Cheney. W. and Kincaid. D. Numerical Mathematics and Computing (Brooks/Cole 1980)
Hume. J.N.P. and Holt, RC. Programming in Fortran 77 (Reston Publishing Co. 1979)
502004 I unit
GE207 COMPUTATIONAL METHODS II
This subject is only available in 1988 to students requiring itfor transition purposes.
Prerequisite GE206
This course is concerned with developing a student's ability to write and understand computer programmes that use numerical analysis techniques to solve problems in
engineering. An outline of theories behind the numerical analysis techniques is given but the main emphasis is on computing methods.
Topics dealt with include: numerical solution of single ordinary differential equations by stepwise and multistep methods including step optimisation and stability convergence criteria systems of differential equations, nstiff' equations and stability; boundary value problems. Numerical solution of partial differential equations. the usual terminology. Explicit and implicit methods of computation; solution of Elliptic equations by the grid iterative and relaxation methods. Solution of Hyperbolic equations by the grid method. Solution of Parabolic equations by explicit, implicit methods.
Text Roberts, J.
Lecture Notes on Numerical Methods of Solving Ordinary Dijferenlial Equations and Partial Dijferenlial Equations (Department of Chemical Engineering)
502005 I unit
GE211 THEORY AND APPLICATIONS OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY CONVERSION
Prerequisite EEl31 or EEl30
Discussion of Energy Conversion possibilities. Examination of typical Electrical supply systems; Magnetic Circuits; Transformers; Three Phase Power, Elementary Rotating Machines; Direct Current Machines; Induction Machines; Demonstration of DC Machines in Lab; Synchronous Machines; Electronic Power Conversion and Control Systems.
502006 I unit
GE250 PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Students enrolled in the Computer. Electrical. Mechanical or Industrial Engineering programmes may not enrol in this subject. A series of lectures and tutorials offered by the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering as a service course for students enrolled in the Civil Engineering programme. Elementary circuit theory for resistive circuits. Introduction of inductance and capacitance. Transient response of RL and RC circuits. Extension of circuit theory to simple AC circuits. Overview of Electrical Machines.
503001 2 units
GE301 TECHNOLOGY AND HUMAN VALUES I
A course of lectures and discussions focussing on the ethical, spiritual. social, political and economic issues that arise in technological decisions. The course is presented in two parallel strands. Strand A is based on an examination of Australian energy policy. This example of decision making is used to develop an awareness of
(i) how non-technical dimensions enter decisions and
(ti) a systematic approach to public policy making.
69
SECTION SIX GENERAL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
Strand B complements Strand A by introducing a range of additional topics which broaden the horizon of consideration and deepen the treatment of specific features of decision making.
Texts (Strand A)
Commoner, B. The Poverty oj Power (Bantam 1977)
Diesendorf, M (ed) Energy and People (Soc.Soc. Resp.ScL)
Hooker, C.A. et al Energy and the Quality of Life (U. of Toronto Press 1981)
Saddler, H. Energy in Australia (Goo. Allen and Unwin 1981)
Texts (Strand B)
Brown, L.R. The Twenty Ninth Day CN.W. Norton 1978)
Schumacher, E.F. Small is Beautiful (Abacus 1974)
Teich, A.H. (ed.) Technology and Man's Future (St. Martin's Press 1977)
503002 2 unils
GE302 TECHNOLOGY AND HUMAN VALUES II
Corequisite GE301 A team project on the role of technical and value factors in technological decision making. Students will form small teams under staff leadership for a year-long intensive study of a specific example of technological decision making. The aim is to provide a comprehensive and accurate understanding of the interaction between technical and value factors in the decision. Each team will produce a report of a quality aimed at management/ministerial discussion. Evaluation will be by the Team Report plus staff leader's/team's assessment of individual contributions. Example projects are Nuclear Electric Power for Australia., A Study of T~hnology Assessment. A wider variety of projects can be undertaken, selection by teams will occur during the fIrst two weeks of term.
503003 1 unil
GE325 MICROPROCESSOR SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS
Introduction to microprocessors. Review of basic logic and number systems. Components of a computer system. Memory and processor registers. Assembly language programming. Input/output interrupts. Buses. Basic interfacing.
Text Moylan, PJ.
70
Assembly Language for Engineers (Ellis Horwood 1987)
503006 2 units
GE361 AUTOMATIC CONTROL
Prerequisite Mathematics IIA or Mathematics lIB or EM2CO
An introductory course. in linear control systems. Mathematical models of systems and components; differential equations and transfer functions. Simple fIrst and second order systems. Steady-state performance. System stability and transient response by algebraic, root-locus and frequency response methods. Introduction to compensation techniques. Introduction to discrete-time systems and computer control. A substantial laboratory component is included.
Text Doehelin, E.O.
... Control System Principles and Design (Wiley IntEd. 1985)
Stephanopoulos, G. Chemical Process Control (Prentice-Hall Int.Ed. 1984)
500101 1 unil
GE501 AIR POLLUTION STUDIES I
Content To be advised.
500102 1 unil
GE502 COAL ANALYSIS AND PROPERTIES
Coal formation and geology. Classification. analysis and testing. The basis for presentation of analysis results. Analysis of coal minerals. Coal and mineral reactions at high temperature. The effect of coal properties on its utilisation.
500103 2 units
GE503 MINERAL MATTER IN COAL
Prerequisite A first course in coal properties
Types. composition and origins of the mineral matter in coal. Analytical methods for the analysis and characterisation of the inorganic matter in coal. Examination of a number of coal applications in which minerals and inorganics determine successful usage and aspects of coal preparation and clean-up. Depending on interest this may include: grindability, furnace fouling, fly ash collection, NOx and SOx emissions. material aspects (including refractory).
500104 2 uuits
GE504 COAL PREPARATION
Prerequisite A first course in coal properties
The principles of particle sizing, crushing, washability and separation techniques.
Analysis of the unit operations of coal preparation such as jig washing, dense medium, cyclones and fcstation.
Flow sheeting of washeries, plant control. optimisation and computer modelling.
r SECTION SIX MATERIALS ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
GENERAL ENGINEERING SUBJECTS CONTINUED 500105 2 units
GE505 METALLURGICAL ASPECTS OF COAL UTILISATION
Content To be advised.
500106 2 units
GE506 MINING GEOLOGY
Prerequisites Relevant topics from Geology II and Geology III or their equivalents.
The formation of peat and coal as a basis for an understanding of exploratory and analytical methods. Plant types, coal types, petrography. Analysis of coal measure sequences. "Floor-seam roof systems", mine planning "colliery and open-cut". Mine layout based on geological features. Mine services. Mining and extraction operations.
INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE 631003 Mat003 1 uuil 631004 Mal004 1 unil 631005 Mal005 1 unit 631006 Mal006 1 unil
These subject units are designed to formalise periods of Industrial Experience gained by part-time students only. Each of the Industrial Experience units is equivalent to one unit of 42 hours. Students will also be required to present a report giving a connected account and critical evaluation of their engineering activities and experience during the year. Such units may be counted by part-time students as electives. (See Section 4 of this Handbook).
632203
Mal203 MATERIALS ENGINEERING 1
Prerequisite GE 151
3 units
The scientific background required for the study of the properties of materials. Introductory crystallography and the representation of crystallographic information; introduction to x-ray crystallography. Metallic solid solutions, ceramic solid solutions, compound fonnation and amorphous solids. Optical and electron optical examination of materials. Phase diagrams and the generation of microstructure, microstructure and properties. Deformation of single and polycrystailine metals and ionic solids; dislocation theory. Defects and atomic transport in solids. Non mechanical physical properties of solids: thermal. optical, electrical, dielectric and magnetic. Corrosion and environmental degradatiOlL
Text To be announced.
632205 3 units
Mat205 MATERIALS ENGINEERING LABORATORY
A laboratory course to complement the theory in Mat 203. Includes practical microscopy, electron microscopy, x-ray diffraction and experiments on the deformation and mechanical properties of materials.
632100 1 unit
Mat2ll SELECTION AND USE OF MATERIALS
Assumed Know/edge GE151
The aim is to provide an introduction to the factors that must be considered when a material is chosen for a specific engineering application. Materials selection. manufacture and engineering design. The mechanical properties of materials, thennal and mechanical treatments, failure analysis, materials testing, economic considerations.
Text Alexander, W.O. et al
Essential Metallurgy for Engineers (Van Nostrand Reinhold)
71
SECTION SIX MATERIALS ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
633303
Mat303 MATERIALS ENGINEERING II
Prerequisite Mat 203
5 units
The fabrication and processing of metals, ceramics, polymers and their composites and an advanced study of the physical properties of materials. A selective review of the structure, properties and processing methods and uses of advanced engineering materials. Topics to be covered include transformation toughened ceramics, metallic glasses, cerments. nuclear and nuclear waste materials. semiconducting compounds, super-conducting compounds, fibre reinforced materials, biotechnical processing and advanced swface treabnent and coatings.
633305
Mai305 MATERIALS ENGINEERING LABORATORY
2 units
A laboratory programme to illustrate some of the material presented in Mat 303.
633100 1 unit
Mat311 SELECTION AND USE OF MATERIALS II
Assumed Knowledge Mat211
This course outlines the processes involved in choosing between alternative materials and how this process may be made quantitative. The factors to be considered. mechanical properties, the effects of mechanical and thermal cycling, corrosion and wear, processing methods.
Text:
Crane, F.A. and Charles, J.H. Selection and Use of Engineering Materials (BultelWOrths)
633355 1 unit
Mat3S5 ELECTROCHEMISTRY AND CORROSION
Metals in equilibrium with aqueous solutions. Departures from equilibrium. Kinetics of electrode processes. Corrosion. Surface films and passivity. Corrosion prevention and control. Electrodeposition. Electropolishing.
Text To be announced
634491 1 unit
Mat491 SEMINAR
Students will be expected to present seminars on topics in the area of Materials Engineering.
634496 4 units
Mat496 RESEARCH PROJECT
A theoretical and/or experimental investigation into some aspect of Materials Engineering. The results of the investigation are to be presented in a fonnal report.
72
634497 4 units
Mat497 DESIGN PROJECT
An in depth study of the routes to the manufacture of a specific product The study will include an examination of alternative materials and alternative production methods.
r
SECTION SIX MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
541302 541303 541304
INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE ME092 ME093 ME094
Prerequisite Part~time Enrolment
1 unit 1 unit 1 unit
These subject units are designed to formalise periods of Industrial Experience gained by parHime students only. Each of the Industrial Experience units is equivalent to one unit of 42 hours. Students who wish to study any or all of the Industrial Experience units ME092~094 will be required to attend nominated lecture and tutorial periods which will deal with working and professional environments, essentials of communication and report writing. In addition, each student will be required to present a seminar relating to aspects of his experience and to report to his industrial experience tutor twice per term. Some assignments relating to employment and experience will be set. Students will also be required to present a report giving a connected account and critical evaluation of their engineering activities and experience during the year. Such units may be used by students in lieu of electives.
541307 541308
INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE ME097 ME098
Prerequisite Pennission of Head of Department
2 units 2 units
As above except that each of ME097~8 is the equivalent of two units. These Industrial Experience units are available to sandwich course students only and are designed to cover Industrial Experience gained over two years.
541104 1 unit
MEllI GRAPHICS AND ENGINEERING DRAWING
A study in communication and analysis by pictorial means. Methods of projection covering orthagonal projection points, lines, planes and solids; lengths of lines, angles and intersection between lines, planes and contoured surfaces; orthographic projection, dimensioning and sectioning, isometric projection; prospective projection.
Text The Australian Engineering Drawing Handbook Part 1 _ Basic Principles and Techniques (Institution of Engineers, Australia 1987)
542206 1 unit
ME201 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS I
Only available to students who completed ME203 prior to 1987 and is not expected to be available after 1988.
Assumed Knowledge Mathematics I and Physics IA or IS
Fundamental units and quantities are discussed as well as the means by which they are measured. Variability in measured data is described and an introduction to error analysis is given. The importance of a correct interpretation of experimental data is emphasized, and simple examples of regression analysis are explained. Basic methods using mechanical, optical or electrical systems or some combination of these, which are used for the measurement of length, strain, area, pressure, temperature, force, torque,
fluid flow, vibration, acceleration and other physical properties, are described. Selected laboratory experiments are also provided.
Text
Holman, J.P. Experimental Methods for Engineers (McGraw~Hill 1966)
542207 1 unit
ME203 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS II
Only available to students who completed ME201 prior to 1987 and is not expected to be available after 1988.
Assumed Knowledge ME20!
Selected engineering experiments designed to extend the concepts of experimental procedures and to complement formal subject matter in the course.
542211 2 units
ME204 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS I
Assumed Knowledge Mathematics I, Physics IA or IS
A series of laboratory experiments designed to give the student familiarity with mechanici,ll, optical and electrical systems used to measure basic physical quantities such as length, strain, pressure, temperature, force, torque and fluid flow. Problems of correct interpretation of experimental data and basic principles of error analysis are discussed. Proficiency in technical report writing is emphasized.
Text
Holman, J.P. Experimental Methods for Engineers (McGraw·Hill 1966)
542208 1 unit
ME212 ENGINEERING DESIGN I Only available to students who completed GEl12 but not ME212 prior to 1987 and is not expected to be available after 1988.
Assumed Knowledge MEIll, ME214, CEllI, Mathematics I and GEll2
Design procedures for mechanical components. Load estimation. Typical allowable stress and factor of safety values. Stress calculations. Detail considerations of the design of shafts, bearing, couplings, bolted joints, welded connections, wall brackets, eccentric connections, levers, flat and vee belt drives and springs. HOfSC(X)wer calculations for straight and helical spur gear reductions.
Text
Spotts Design of Machine Elements 5th edn (Prentice~Hall 1978)
542105
ME214 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS I
Prerequisite CEllI
Assumed Knowledge Mathematics I
1 unit
73
SECTION SIX MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
Uniaxial loading, states of stress and strain, stress and strain relationships; internal forces, internal stresses, dcflexion of beams, torsion, buckling.
Text
Beer, F.P. and Johnston. E.R. Mechanics of Materials (McGraw-Hill 1981)
542213
ME215 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN I
Prerequisites eEl 11. MEllI
Corequisite 'ME214
2 units
Philosophy and fundamentals of mechanical engineering design. Basic components of mechanisms and machinery: shafts. couplings, bolted jOints, welded connections, brackets. levers, springs, belt drives. Power transmission for straight and helical gear reductions. Load and stress calculations. Allowable stresses and factors of safety. Conceptual design problems.
Text
Shigley, J.E. Mechanical Engineering Design 1st Metric cdn. (McGraw-1Iil11986)
542214 2 units
ME231 DYNAMICS
Prerequisite Mathematics I Assumed Knowledge Physics IA or IB and CEllI
Part A
Basic concepts. Newton's and Euler's laws of motion for particles and systems of particles, centre of mass. Laws of gravitation and friction. Straight-line and plane motion of particles: kinematics and kinetics. Energy and momentum principles. Relative motion in translating reference frames. Plane motion of rigid bodies: kinematics. equations, of motion, energy and momentum and principles.
Part B
Thrcc-dimensioIlj.l1 motion of particles in inertial, translating and rotating reference frames. Kinematics of plane mechanisms. Kinetics of systems of particles and rigid bodies in three-dimensional motion. Undamped and damped simple harmonic motion. Forced oscillations in simple 1st and 2nd order dynamic systems.
Text
Meriam, 1.L. and Kraige, L.G. Engineering Mechanics,' Dynamics Sf version, 2nd <dn. (Wilcy 1987)
542305 1 unit
ME232 DYNAMICS OF MACHINES I
Only available to students who have completed MEl31 but not ME232 prior to 1987 and is not expected to be available after 1988.
For content and text sec .ME231 Dynamics (part B).
74
542210 1 unit
ME251 FLUID MECHANICS I
Assumed Knowledge Mathematics I and Physics IA or IB
Fluid properties and definitions. Fluid statics:- forces on surfaces, buoyant forces, stability of floating and submerged bodies. Types of flow, continuity equation, Euler's and Bennoulli equations, energy equation, linear and angular momentum applications. Introduction to dimensional analysis. Viscous effects, fluid resistance, laminar and turbulent flow in pipes and conduits. Fluid measurement.
TeXI
Streeter, V.L. and Wylie, E.B. Fluid Mechanics 7th edn (McGraw-Hill 1979)
542205 1 unit
ME271 THERMODYNAMICS I
Assumed Knowledge Mathematics I and Physics IA or IB
Fundamental thennodynamic concepts, first and second laws and corollaries. Reversible and irreversible processes. Properties of perfect gases, liquids and vapours. Calculations of property changes and energy flows for non-flow, steady flow and unsteady flow processes using various working substances. Examination of various energy conversion systems as examples of the above calculations - Caroot cycles, Rankine cycle, reheat cycle, regenerative feed heating. Otto cycle, Diesel and mixed cycles, Stirling and Ericsson cycles, gas turbine cycles, refrigeration cycles.
Text
Black, W Z. and Hartley, J.G. Thermodynamics (Harper and Row 1985)
543112 I unit
ME305 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS II
Prerequisite rv1E204 Selected engineering laboratory experiments designed to extend the concepts of experimental procedures and to complement fonnal subject matter in the course.
543116 2 units
ME309 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SCIENCE
Only available to students enrolled in Electrical 0 r Computer Engineering programmes.
Assumed Knowledge Mathematics I, Physics IA
Fluid properties and definitions. Fluid statics:- forces on surfaces, buoyant forces, stability of floating and submerged bodies. Types of flow, continuity equation, Euler's and Bernoulli equations, energy equation, linear and angular momentum applications. Introduction to dimensional analysis. Viscous effects, fluid resistance, laminar and turbulent flow in pipes and conduits. Fluid measuremenL
Fundamental thennodynamic concepts, first and second laws and corollaries. Reversible and irreversible processes. Properties of perfect gases, liquids and vapours. Calculation of property changes and energy flows for non-flow, steady flow and unsteady flow processes using various working substances. Examination of various energy conversion
, SECTION SIX MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
systems as examples of the above calculations - Camot cycles, Rankine cycle, reheat cycle. regenerative feed heating. Otto cycle, Diesel and mixed cycles. Stirling and Ericsson cycles. gas turbine cycles, refrigeration cycles.
Texts
Streeter, V. L. and Wylie, E.B. FIuidMechonics 7th edn (McGraw-HilI 1979)
Black, WZ. and Hartley, J.G. ThermodyNJJnics (Harper and Row 1985)
543113 2 units
ME316 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN II
Prerequisite ME215
A selection of design projects which integrate concepts and component analysis covered in ME2t5 Mechanical Engineering Design I. New material covered includes : Lubrication and journal bearings. Clutches and brakes. Epicyclic gear trains.
Text
Shigley, J,E. Mechonical Engineering Design lst Metric edn. (McGtaw-HilII986)
543115 1 unit
ME333 DYNAMICS OF MACHINES
Prerequisite ME231 Assumed KIWw/edge EM2CO
Kinematics and dynamics of mdia1 cams and toothed gearing. Balancing of machinery. Vibrations - Review of one degreeof-freedom systems. Multi degree-of-freedom systems. Vibrations of continuous systems.
TeXIs
Mabie, H. H. and Reinboltz. C.F. Mechanisms and Dynamics of Machinery Sf version 4th edn (Wiley 1987)
Rao, S.S. Mechanical Vibrations (Addison-Wesley 1986)
543109 1 unit
ME343 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS II
Prerequisite ME214
Theories of stress, strain and elasticity. Formulation of problems in elasticity. Statically indeterminate beam problems. Shear centre. Torsion of prismatic bars -membrane analogy, torsion of thin-walled sections. Strain energy methods of analysiS. Plane stress and plane strain problems. Unsymmetric bending, curved beams, thick cylinder.!, instability problems.
543110 1 unit
ME352 FLUID MECHANICS II
Only available to students who completed ME372 but not ME352 prior to 1987 and not expected to be available after 1988.
Kinematics of Fluids, Dynamics of Incompressible Fluids. Similarity and the application of dimensional analysis. Exact solutions of Navier-Stokes equations. Hydrodynamic lubrication. Laminar and turbulent flows.
Text
Antonia, R.A. Notes for Fluid Mechanics II (Department of Mechanical Engineering, University of Newcastle)
543114 3 units
ME353 FLUID MECHANICS AND HEAT TRANSFER
Prerequisite ME251
Assumed KIWw/edge EM2CO
The fluid mechanics content of the course will include the following topics: Kinematics of fluids. Dynamics of incompressible fluids. Similarity and the application of dimensional analysis. Exact solutions of the Navier-Stokes equations. Hydrodynamic lubrication. Laminar and turbulent flows. The heat transfer content of the course will include the following topics: Conduction: steady and unsteady, oneand two-dimensional, with and without internal heat generation and including convection boundaries. Numerical solutions. Convection: laminar and turbulent. Analytical and empirical solutions. Analogy between momentum and heat transfer. Radiation: development of radiation networks. Exchange between transmitting, reflecting and absorbing surfaces. Heat exchangers. Combined modes. The course will include a number of laboratory experiments covering various aspects of fluid mechanics and heat transfer.
Texts
Antonia. R.A. Noles for Fluid Mechanics II (Department of Mechanical Engineering. University of Newcastle)
White, F.M. Heat Transfer (Addison-Wesley 1984)
543202 1 unit
ME372 HEAT TRANSFER
Only available to students who completed ME352 but not ME372 prior to 1987 and not expected to be available afler 1988.
Prerequisite ME251
Assumed Know/edge EM2CO
Conduction; steady and unsteady, one and two dimensional, with and without internal heat generation and including convection boundaries. Numerical solutions. Convection: laminar and turbulent. Analytical and empirical solutions. Analogy between momentum and beat transfer. Radiation: development of radiation networks. Exchange between transmitting, reflecting and absorbing surfaces. Heat exchangers. Combined modes.
Text
White, F.M. Heat Transfer (Addison-Wesley 1984)
75
SECTION SIX MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
543111 1 unit
ME373 THERMODYNAMICS II
Prerequisite ME271
First and second law analysis of processes and cycles. Advanced analysis of steam power plants. gas turbine systems and refrigeration plants. Air-vapour mixtures, psychometry, air-conditioning systems. Reactive mixtures: equilibrium equations, first law analysis, eqUilibrium constants. Direct energy conversion systems. Texts As for ME271
543501 1 unit
ME381 METHODS ENGINEERING
Prerequisite All Yearn subjects
The integration of man, machines and materials to achieve maximum efficiency of operation. The critical questioning attitude. Charting methods. Work study. Ergonomics. Activity sampling. Case studies.
Text
Niebel, B.W. Motion and Time Study (Irwin)
IX
Stevenson, M.G. Methods Engineering (N.S.W. University Press)
543502 1 unit
ME383 QUALITY ENGINEERING
Prerequisite EM2AS
Assumed Knowledge EMlCO and ME215
Concepts of quality. Sampling plans. Inspection by attributes, by measurement Operating characteristic curves, control charts. Design of experiments. Analysis of variance.
543503 1 unit
ME384 DESIGN FOR PRODUCTION
Prerequisite ME215
The application of economics, methods engineering, ergonoIl!ics and mechanical engineering to the development and design of products. Production, distribution and marketing of engineering products. Production, assembly and inspection methods in relation to scale of output. Principles of metrology and tool, jig and fIxture design.
544481 1 unit
ME405 ADVANCED NUMERICAL PROGRAMMING
Prerequisite GE205
Complex algebra, multiple entry and return points for segments, use of disc and magnetic tape fIles, use of library subroutines. etc.
Some advanced computing techniques. For example: Solution of end value differential equations; Finite element techniques; Advanced finite difference techniques; Eigenvalue problems.
76
544453 1 unil
ME407 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
Assumed Knowledge All Year II subjects
Physical and chemical interaction of air pollutants on the. local and global scale. Meteorology, aunospheric diffusion models and ambient measurements of air pollutants and the control of exhausts from mobile and stationary sources.
544424 1 unit
ME409 INTRODUCTION TO NOISE POLLUTION CONTROL
Assumed Knowledge All Year II subjects
Introduction to problems of community noise, industrial noise and building acoustics. Behaviour of sound waves. Noise levels. Noise measurement. Criteria for community, building and vehicle noise standards.
Text
Beranek, LL. Noise and Vibration Control (McGraw-Hil11971)
544426 1 unit
ME410 ADVANCED DESIGN CONCEPTS I
Prerequisite ME316
The application of system analysis prinCiples to the solution of problems associated with the design of mechanisms. Fonnalising of the design process. Computer approach for mechanical design applications. The optimum design of typical mechanical components.
544109 1 unll
ME413 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN III
Prerequisite ME215
More advanced design topics including the analysis of complete systems. Selected projects including the development of computer packages as an aid to component selection.
544107 1 unll
ME414A COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING
Prerequisite Pennission of the Head. of Department, Department of Mechanical Engineering.
Note: This subject is offered in the First Semester. II is repeated in lhe Second Semester as ME414B. Students may not take both ME414A and ME414B. Neither ME414A or ME414B may be taken by students who have completed ME414 prior to 1987.
The CAD/CAM environment Representation of basic geometric entities; points, line surfaces. Drafting; CODbol of work views and levels, dimensioning, bills of materials, templates and patterns. 3-D geometry; projections, auxiliary views, coordinate transformations, sections and solid properties. Part representation and generation. NC machining path and part program generation. Interface to
SECTION SIX MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
analysis packages. Solution of problems using the ANVll....-4000 system.
544108 1 unit
ME414B COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING
Prerequisite Pennission of the Head of Department, Department of Mechanical Engineering.
Note: This subject is offered in the Second Semester as a repeat of ME414A. Content and enrolment restrictions as for ME4 I"4A.
544469 1 unit
ME419 BULK MATERIALS HANDLING SYSTEMS I
Prerequisite All Year n subjects
Principles of granular mechanics. Flow patterns and characteristics. Strength and flow properties of bulk solids in relation to hopper design. Gravity reclaim stockpiles. Analysis and design of hoppers for 'mass-flow', 'funnel-flow' and expanded flow conditions. Bin wall pressures. Flow rate analysis. Feeder loads.
Text Arnold, P.C., McLean, A.G. and Roberts, A.W.
Bulk Solids: Storage, Flow and Handling (TIJNRA) 2ndedn, 1982, ISBN 07259 0 3031
Selected research papers
544472 1 unit
ME420 BULK MATERIALS HANDLING SYSTEMS II
Prerequisite ME419
Further topics in bulk solids handling. Wall pressure analysis for mass-flow and funnel-flow. Influence of eccentric loading due 10 eccentric discharge and other factors. Wall roughness, friction and wear. Feeder design. Flow promotion. Blending. Flow of fine JX)wders. Transfer chutes. Vibration of bulk solids.
Texts Arnold, P.C.,McLean, A.G. and Roberts, A.W.
Bulk Solids: Storage, Flow and Handling (TIJNRA) 2nd edn, 1982, ISBN 0 7259 0 3031
Rademacher, FJ.C. Feeders and Vibratory Conveyors (TUNRA) 1979, ISBN 0 7259 0352 X
Selected research papers
544473
ME421 CONVEYING OF BULK SOLIDS
Prerequisile All Year n subjects
Assumed Knowledge ME419
1 unit
Comparison based on economic and technical considerations of different modes of continuous and discontinuous t:ranspxtation of bulk solids. Overview of freight pipelines -pneumatic, hydrauliC and capsule - and mechanical
conveying - belt, screw and bucket elevators. Technical and economic considerations in the design of conveyors. Examples will be selected from the continuous conveyor systems mentioned above. In the case of belt conveyors the dynamic characteristics and the influence of these characteristics on design will be studied in some detail. In the case of pneumatic conveyors, the design of both lean and dense phase systems will be discussed.
Texts
Arnold, P.C.,McLean, A.G. and Roberts, A.W. Bulk Solids: Storage. Flow and Handling (TUNRA) 2nd edn, 1982, ISBN 0 7259 0 3031
Roberts, A.W. and Hayes, J.W. Economic Analysis in the Optimum Design of Conveyors (TIJNRA) 1981, ISBN 0 7259 0340 6
Selected research papers
544110 1 unil
ME422 MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING.
Prerequisite All Year II subjects
Maintenance decision making; the action (replacement, repair, adjustment), timing the action (fixed time, conditional monitoring, operation to failure, designed out maintenance). Preventive Mainten~ce schedule .. a six step approach. Equipment life cycle costs and maintenance. Documentation -- (manual, computer). Reliability. Staff Motivation. Case studies and examples from local industry.
Text
Kelly, A. Mainlenance Planning and Control
544482 1 unit
ME444 FRACTURE MECHANICS
Prerequisites Mat211 and ME214
Historical review. The signifIcance of Fracture Mechanics. Griffith Energy Balance approach. Modification of the Griffith Theory. Stress intensity approach. Fracture Toughness. Crack Tip Plasticity. Subcritical crack growth. The J-integral. The COD approach. Determination of R· Curves. Effects of Crack Tip geometry. Standard test methods. Problems associated with 'leak-before-break' theories. Dynamic crack growth. Environmental effects. Experimental problems and application.
Text Ewalds, H.L. and Wanhill, RJ.H.
Fracture Mechanics 2nd edn (Edward Arnold 1985)
544475
ME445 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS III
Prerequisite ME343
1 unit
An introduction to the theory of plates and shells with extensions to thick pressure vessels and creep effects. Application of numerical (approximate) methods.
77
SECTION SIX MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
544476 1 unit
ME453 FLUID MECHANICS III
Prerequisite ME353
Lectures and laboratory work dealing with a selection from the following topics: Topics in turbomachinery. Onedimensional compressible flow. Fluid dynamic stability. Elements of turbulent flows. Turbulent flows in both the laboratory and atmosphere.
544477 1 unit
ME473 THERMODYNAMICS III
Prerequisite ME373
Thennodynamic relations; the Maxwell relations~ general equations for enthalpy, internal energy and entropy; compressibility factor; equations of state; generalised charts for enthalpy and entropy. Availability concepts and applications. Thermodynamics of irreversible processes. Applications of statistical thermodynamics. Direct energy conversion.
Text Holman, J.P.
Thermodynamics (McGeaw-HilII969)
544478
ME474 HEAT TRANSFER II
Prerequisite ME353
1 unit
Development of the general forms of the continuity. momentum and energy equations. Application of these equations to a range of convection heat ttansfer problems. Advanced conduction and radiation heat transfer. Heat transfer with change of phase.
Text Karlekar. B.V. and Desmond. R.M.
Engineering Heat Transfer (West Publishing Company 1977)
544101 1 unit
ME481 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
Prerequisit~ All Year II subjects
The nature and function of an industrial enterprise. Theories of organisation. Behavioural aspects of work. Production management
544433
ME482 ENGINEERING ECONOMICS I
Prerequisite All Year II subjects
1 unit
Elementary accounting concepts. Time value of money. interest formulae. Comparison of alternatives. annual and present equivalent. rate of return. Depreciation and income tax effects. Projects financed from public funds. Replacement and retirement economics. Capital budgeting.
Text
Smith. G.W.
78
Engineering Economy: Analysis of Capital Expenditures 3rd edn (Iowa State U.P. 1979)
544470
ME483 PRODUCTION SCHEDULING Prerequisite All Year II subjects
1 unit
Production Systems. Scheduling for single machines, parallel machines, flow shops and job shops. Optimal schedules by Branch and Bound and Dynamic Programming methods. General pwpose and specific heuristic methods. Computational requirements. Critical Path method and PERT.
544464
ME484 ENGINEERING ECONOMICS II
Prerequisite ME482
1 unit
Accounting concepts, use of accounting data in decision making. Utility, -risk and uncertainty. Expansion and economic package concepts. Capital expenditure programming. Effects of inflation. Application of mathematical programming to economic problems.
Text
Smith. G.W. Engineering Economy: Analysis of Capital Expenditures 3ed edn (Iowa Stale U.P. 1979)
544466
ME485 NUMERICAL CONTROL AND COMPUTER AIDED MANUFACTURING
Prerequisite All Year II subjects
1 unit
Introduction to Computer Aided Manufacturing Concepts. Control systems for NC Machines; Programming of NC Machines. Systems with integrated materials handling. Robotic Systems. Group Technology concepts.
Text YoramKoren
Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems (McGraw-Hili 1983)
544467 1 unit
ME487 OPERATIONS RESEARCH -FUNDAMENTAL TECHNIQUES
Prerequisite All Year II subjects
Concept of optimisation; Optimisation approaches; Formulation of Models; Linear Programming; Allocation and assignment; Simplex Method; Duality; Theory of Games, Parametric Programming; Decomposition principle. Network theory; Dynamic Programming. Geometric Programming. Applications.
Texts Hillier, F.S. and Liebennan, GJ.
Introduction to Operations Research (Holden-Day) ex Taha. H.A.
Operations Research (Macmillan) ex Wagner, H.M.
Principles of Operations Research (Prentice-Hall)
, SECTION SIX MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
544468 1 unit
ME488 OPERATIONS RESEARCH -PLANNING, INVENTORY CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT
Prerequisite EM2AS Sratistical decision theory; Forecasting methods, moving average exponentially smoothed average. Inventory control theory. Fixed order quantity; fixed order cycle systems; Production - inventory systems. Queueing theory; simple queue Multi-server queues. Queues in series. Transients in queues; simulation of systems. Applications.
Text As for ME487
544203 4 units
ME496 PROJECT/SEMINAR
Prerequisite All Year TIl subjects
Major undergraduate project usually consisting of literature survey and review, analytical and/or experimental investigation into a mechanical or industrial engineering problem. Presentation of seminars. Two (2) copies of the Project Report are required.
544479 2 units
ME497 PROJECT / DIRECTED READING
Prerequisite Permission of the Head of the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
Private work of laboratory, literature search or theoretical nature requiring preparation of a report Work: will be undertaken at the direction of a supervisor with whom the topic should be negotiated. The work undertaken in this subject may form part of an extended ME496 Project or an independent ~ic.
544480 1 unit
ME498 PROJECT / DIRECTED READING
Prerequisite Permission of the Head of the Department of Mechanical Engineering. Private work: of laboratory, literature search or theoretical nature requiring preparation of a report. Work will be undertaken at the direction of a supervisor with whom the topic should be negotiated. The work undertaken in this subject may form pan of an extended ME496 Project or an independent ~ic.
ME500 AND ME600 LEVEL SUBJECTS Undergraduate students may only enrol in SOO or 600 level subjects with the permission of the Head of the Department of Mechanical Engineering. Students who have completed subjects at ME400 level will not be permitted to enrol in subjects covering similar material at MESOO level.
540137 1 unit
ME503 DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS FOR ENGINEERING RESEARCH
Assumed Knowledge EMlCO. EMlH A systematic approach to the analysis and design of experiments and the interpreration of experimental results.
The course has been divided into three approximately equal pans as follows.
(1) Sratistical methods for the design and evaluation of experiments.
(2) Model analysis, use of true and distorted models as well as analogues. Use of dimensional analysis.
(3) Methods of measurement, mechanical, optical, electrical and electronic instrumentation. Recording techniques and data processing. Use of computers. Planning of computer laboratory operation.
540143
ME505 ADVANCED NUMERICAL PROGRAMMING
Content as for ME40S with additional material
540144
1 unit
1 unit
ME507 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
Content as for ME407 with additional material.
540145
ME509 INTRODUCTION TO NOISE POLLUTION CONTROL
Content as for ME409 with additional material.
540146
1 unit
1 unit
ME510 ADVANCED DESIGN CONCEPTS I
Content as for ME410 with additional material.
540147 1 unit
ME514 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING
Content as for ME414A with additional material.
540148 1
ME519 BULK MATERIALS HANDLING SYSTEMS I
Content as for ME419 with additional material.
540149 1
ME520 BULK MATERIALS HANDLING SYSTEMS II
Assumed Knowledge MES19
Content as for"ME420 with additional material.
540154 1
ME521 CONVEYING OF BULK SOLIDS
Assumed Knowledge :rvrnS19
Content as for ME421 with additional material.
unit
unit
unit
540190 1 unit
ME5H MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING
Content as for :rvIE422 with additional material.
79
SECTION SIX MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
540156
ME545 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS III Cont~nt as for ME445 with additional material.
540157
ME553 FLUID MECHANICS III
Content as for ME4S3 with additional material.
1· unit
1 unit
540131 1 unit
ME554 COMPUTATION OF FLUID FLOWS AND HEAT TRANSFER
Assumed Knowledge GE204. ME3S3 (or ME3S2 and ME372) Governing equations in primary and secondary variables. CO<X'dinate ttansfonnations. Discretisation of the equations. Examples from the marker-and-cell technique. PatankarSpalking. Cobeci Smith. Bradshaw-Ferriss. Wilcox-'Edybul' programs.
540158
ME573 THERMODYNAMICS III
Content as for ME473 with additional material.
540159
ME574 HEAT TRANSFER II
Content as for ME474 with additional material.
540132
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
ME581 MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING II
As_d Knowledge ME487 or MES87
An introduction to non-linear optimization problems. Dynamic programming and its application to a range of resource allocation, production planning and inventory control problems. Linear programming problems in integers; introduction branch-and-bound methods and implicit enumeration algorithms for problems in binary variables.
540161 1 unit
ME582 INDUSTRIAL COMPUTATIONS Review and revision of probability theory. random variable and distribution. Regression analysis and statistical tests. Applications in industry in quality control and sampling inspection schemes; in design of industrial experiments in analysing variability in production systems_
Te", Guttman. I .• Wilks, S.D_ and Homier. 1.5.
Introdw:lOT] Engin<ering SUIlisdcs 2ud edn (Wiley)
540163
ME583 PRODUCTION SCHEDULING Content as for ME483 with additional material_
80
1 unit
540164
ME584 ENGINEERING ECONOMICS II
Content as for ME484 with additional material.
1 unit
540165 1 unit
ME585 NUMERICAL CONTROL AND COMPUTER AIDED MANUACTURING
Content as for ME484 with additional material.
540166 1 unit
ME587 OPERATIONS RESEARCH -FUNDAMENTAL TECHNIQUES
Content as for ME487 with additional material.
540167 1 unit
ME588 OPERATIONS RESEARCH -PLANNING, INVENTORY CONTROL
AND MANAGEMENT Content as for ME488 with additional material.
540168 1 unit
ME589 SIMULATION
Assumed Knowledge MES87. MES8S The basic methodology of simulation and its relationship to operations research and the scientific method; analogue, digital and hybrid simulation; the representation of uncertainty in simulation models, sampling methods; simple example of simulations of a queue to illustrate the problems and methods involved in the construction of different models to answer different questions; general solutions to the modelling of such networks; the classic 3 phase model; programming languages for simulation; deSign of simulation experiments; simulation project
540169 1 unit
ME609 VIBRATION AND NOISE PROBLEMS IN INDUSTRY
Assumed Knowledge MES09 A systematic study of both noise and vibration problems which are of common occurrence in industrial plants and structures. Fundamentals underlying noise control. Criteria for noise and vibration control. Practical noise control ('This section continues on from ME509). Vibration measurement and analysis. Vibration control; shock and vibration isolation in machines and vehicles. Effects of shock and vibration on structures. Texts AndeISon. RA
Fundamentals ojVibrations (Macmillan)
Beranek. LL. Noise and Vibration Control (McGraw-Hill 1971)
540177 1 unit
ME610 ADVANCED DESIGN CONCEPTS II
Assumed Knowledge MESIO
SECTION SIX MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
The application of system analysis principles to the solution of problems associated with the design of mechanisms. Formalising of the design process. Fundamental concepts of reliability. Reliability analysis. Methods of improving the reliability of systems. Computer programming for mechanical design applications. The optimum design of typical mechanical components. (This subject continues on from ME510).
540178 1 unit
ME621 MATERIALS HANDLING AND TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS
Advanced study in the area of bulk solids handling and transportation. Topics for study will be chosen from the areas of powder mechanics. bulk solids storage and flow and conveying of bulk solids.
Text Selected resean:h papa"
540179 1 unit
ME653 TURBULENT FLOWS
Assumed Knowledge ME352 or ME353 Review of physics of turbulence and some of its engineering applications. Governing equations and interpretation. Phenomenological theories. Vorticity dynamics. Statistical turbulent shear flows. Twbulence research trends.
Text Tennekes. H. and Lumley, lL.
A First Course in Turbulence (M.I.T. Press 1972)
540183 1 unit
ME654 COMPUTATION OF FLUID FLOW AND HEAT TRANSFER
Assumed Knowledge GE204. ME3S3 (or ME3S2 and ME372) Governing equations in primary and secondary variables. Coordinate transfonnations. Discretisation of the equations. Solution algorithms for the discretised equation. Examples from the marker-and-cell technique. Patankar-Spalding, Cobeci Smith, Bradshaw-Ferriss, Wilcox-'Edybul' programs.
540189 2 units
ME684 PROJECT For content see Head of Department of Mechanical Engineering.
540176 1 unit
ME685 ADVANCED OPERATIONS RESEARCH
Assumed Knowledge MES87. MES88. MES89 The application of the Operational Research Method and techniques to tactical and strategic industrial problems. Analysis and simulation of production - inventory control systems. Queueing systems, investment and replacement, quality control and reliability.
540184 1 unit ME687 MODELLING OF MANAGEMENT
PROBLEMS Assumed Knowledge MES87. MES88 Principles of model building. classification of models; cause-effect structures; organisational objectives; problem formulation; management problems in industry and government; models for marketing. manpower. production, inventory, distribution, and investment; case studies of management problems.
540185
ME688 PROBABILISTIC MODELS IN OPERATIONS RESEARCH
As_dKnowledge MES88
1 unit
Review of relevant. probability and statistics theory; Bayes' theorem; decision trees, decision models under risk and uncertainty; queueing theory; Markov models, renewal theory; variable inventory models; forecasting; time series analysis production-inventory models quality assurance models; reliabilily.
540186 1 units
ME"7 PROJECT/SEMINAR
540187 3 units
ME698 PROJECT/SEMINAR
540188 4 units
ME699 PROJECT/SEMINAR
540191 3 units
ME682 INDUSTRIAL LAW A series of lectures and case studies given by the Department of Law on the application of legal principles to Industrial situations.
81
SECTION SIX
521070 521071 521072
INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE SV091 SV092 SV093
Prerequisite Part-time enrolment
1 unit 1 unit 1 unit
These subject units are designed to formalise periOds of Industrial Experience gained by part-time students only. Each of the Industrial Experience units is equivalent to one unit of 42 hours. Students will also be required to present a report giving a connected account and critical evaluation of their engineering activities and experience during the year, Such units may be counted by part-time students as electives. (See Section 4 of this Handbook).
521110 4 units
S V III SURVEYING I
Elementary surveying principles - nature, causes and classes of errors - elementary error propagation - linear measurement with tapes, ordinary differential levelling, the theodolite, angle measurement. plane table, magnetic compass, detail surveys, field notes, chain surveys, traversing and traverse calculations, contour surveys by stadia, route surveys, areas and volumes. horizontal curves, transition curves, vertical curves. A brief history of surveying and surveying instruments. A five-day series of fieldwork exercises will fonn a compulsory component of this subject
Text
Fryer, J.G. and Elfick, M.H. Elernentary Surveying Sf (Harper and Row 1986)
521111
SV121 SURVEY CAMP I
This subject is only available to students who have passed SV111 prior to 1988.
Duration 5 days
Extensive contour and detail survey, including horizontal and vertical control by traverse and differential levelling -plane tabling - stadia. A small engineering survey. Associated caIculatio~s and plans.
522411 3 units
SV213 SURVEYING II
Prerequisite SV 111
Corequisite SV~3
Part A (Surveying)
Precise levelling, barometric levelling, trigonometricai levelling, reciprocal levelling. Underground surveying. Plane triangulation with single second theodolites.
PartB (Optics)
Reflection and refraction at plane and curved surfaces. Prisms, thin lenses and spherical mirrors. Lens combinations, thick lenses. Aberrations, parabolic reflectors. Optical trains in surveying instruments, optical compensators. optical plumbing. Collimation techniques. Lasers and holography.
This subject includes a 5-day survey camp.
82
SURVEYING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
522412 1 unit
SV214 HYDROGRAPHIC SURVEYING Corequisite SV213
ArsumedKnowledge SVl11
Tidal theory and tide gauging. Sounding - lead-line, sounding machine, echo-sounder. Position fIxing afloat -ranging, angle methods, electromagnetic methods (hyperbolic and circular), acoustic beacons, integrated systems. Wire sweeps, side-scan sonar, multibeam sounders, sub-bottom proftling. Bathymetric data processing.
Text
Ingham, A.E. Hydrography for the Surveyor and Engineer, 2nd edn (Granada 1984)
522405
SV222 SURVEY CAMP II
This subject is only available to students who have passed SV213 prior to 1988.
Prerequisite SV121 Survey Camp I
Duration 5 days
Extensive engineering survey - control by plane triangulation and traversing - setting out road centreline, including transition and circular curves - calculation of grades and earthworks quantities, and associated drawings.
522407 1 unit
SV232 SURVEY COMPUTATIONS I Prerequisite Mathematics I
This course is concerned with computer programming, with particular emphasis on programming style. The use of terminals, mes and editing techniques will be covered. Also some aspects of computer hardware and data handling will be considered. Some numerical analysis techniques will be discussed to provide examples for programming. These will include solution of single non·linear equations, interpolation and integration.
Texts
Browne,L.W.B. A Fortran Primer (Prentice-Hall 1982)
BaHour,A. and Marwick, D.H. Programming in Standard Fortran 77 (Heinemann 1979)
Handbook for VAXIVMS (The University of Newcastle Computing Centre)
522409 1 unit
SV233 SURVEY COMPUTATIONS II
Assumed Knowledge SVlll
Plane trigonometrical formulae - calculation of triangles, areas, roadways, subdivisions. Use of calculators. Traverse computations, including offsets and missing data problems. Areas from co-ordinates. Transformations. resections and intersections -mathematical and semi~graphic. Spherical trigonometry -applications to survey problems.
r !
SECTION SIX
452109
SV291 INTRODUCTION TO LEGAL STUDIES
1 unit
The Australian coru;titution and legal system - legal research and writing - areas of law - legal concepts and tenninology -statute law - case law.
452110 1 unit
SV292 PROPERTY AND SURVEY LAW
Prerequisite SV291
The notion of property - classifications of property - estates in land - interests in land - systems of title to land - dealing with land - statutory control of land use, with particular reference to the Local Government Act 1919 (N.S.W.). The regulation and legal liability of surveyors - survey investigations and searches.
Texts
HaIlman, F. Legal Aspects of Boundary Surveying as apply in New South Wales (lnst. of Surveyors Aust. 1973)
Willis Notes on Survey Investigations (NSW Govt. Printer)
523305 2 units
SV313 SURVEYING III
Prerequisites SV213
Revision of DC and AC circuits - transformers, vacuum tubes, semi-conductor devices - amplifiers, oscillators, transducers - wave-shaping - logic circuits - scalers -propagation of electromagnetic waves - modulation and heterodyning - phase measurement - principles of Electromagnetic Distance Measurement (EDM) - study of EOM systems - corrections to EDM distances - electronic angle measurement and total station instruments - Global Positioning System (GPS). Includes lO-day survey camp.
Text
Burnside, C.D. Electromagnetic Distance Measurement 2nd edn (Granada 1982)
523325 1 unit
SV334 SURVEY COMPUTATIONS III
Prerequisite SV233
Revision and extension of error theory - adjustment by least squares • error ellipse calculations.
Text
MildJail, E.M. and Gracie, G. Analysis and Adjustment of Survey Measurements (Van Nostrand 1981)
523328
SV351 GEODESY I
Prerequisites SV213, SV232 and SV233
Corequisites SV313, SV334
2 units
SURVEYING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
Historical development of geodesy - el1ipsoid and geoid, geodetic reference systems - outline of physical geodesy -differential geometry - geometry of the ellipsoid, nonnal sections and the geodesic - spherical excess, Legendre's Theorem - polars and joins on the ellipsoid - Map projection theory, Transverse Mercator projection, Australian Map Grid, NSW Integrated Surveys Grid - geodetic survc ys (h?rizontal conteon, Doppler satellite position fixing, adjustment of figures and networks by Condition Equations.
523329 2 units
SV361 PHOTOGRAMMETRY I
Stereoscopic vision - geometry of single aerial photograph -stereoscopic pairs - fundamental mathematical relationships - radial triangulation. Inner, relative and absolute orientation with respect to direct optical projection. Cameras, physical properties of photographs.
Texts
Wolf, P.R. Elements of Photogrammetry (McGraw-Hill 1974)
or Moffit, F.R. and Mikhail, E.M.
Photogrammetry 3rd edn (Harper and Row 1980)
523334 2 units
SV371 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
An introduction to .the fundamental theorems and principles of modern economIC thought and their application to the real world problems arising in the context of regional and urban planning. Micro- and macro-economic principles win he introduced as required. Major problems to be examined: backward and underdeveloped regions, unemployment, labour migration pOlicies for balanced regional growth, urban growth, sprawl, slum development, poverty and crime,traffic congestion, pollution, and d~lining quality of life.
523331 1 unit
S V393 LAND BOUNDARY DEFINITION
Prerequisites SV291, SV292
Cadastral surveys in New South Wales. Surveying practice law. Torrens and Common Law title surveys and searches. Identification surveys. Field records and plans.
Texts
Hallman, F.M. Legal Aspects of Boundary Surveying as apply in New South Wales (lnst. of Surveyors N.S.W. 1973)
Willis, R.W. Notes on Survey Investigalions (N.S.W. Registrar General's Office)
524124 2 units
SV416 SURVEYING IV
Prerequisites SV313 and SV334
Review of statistics and error analysis. Analysis of field procedures and design of surveys. Mechanical principles of instrument design, optical tooling in industry, pOinting
83
SECTION SIX
accuracy theory. Construction project surveys - establishing control net. monitoring construction. Dam deformation surveys. Tunnel surveying, gyrolheodolite. bridge surveys. Survey control for subdivision projects. Integration surveys. Texts
Richardus. P. Project Surveying (North Holland)
Manual of the NSW Integrated Survey Grid (NSW. Department of Lands 1976)
524143 2 units
SV44I ASTRONOMY
Prerequisites SV213 and SV233
The celestial sphere and astronomic Uiangle - definitions, conventions and time. Latitude by circum-meridian methods. Longitude by ex-meridian methods. Azimuth by circumeiongation, circumpolar and sun observations. Position line methods.
Texts
Bennett, G.G. and Freislich, J.G. Field Astronomy jor Surveyors (U.N.S.W.P.1979)
Mackie, J.B. Astronomy for Surveyors 8th edn (Griffin 1978)
524128 1 unit
SV452 GEODESY II
Prerequisite SV351
Least squares adjustment of control surveys: variance!covariance matrix. variance factor and weight coefficient matrix. elementary statistical testing of observations and adjusted values. Relationship between geoid and ellipsoid. astro-geodetic levelling, ellipsoidal elevations, mean sea level and the geoid-gravity and its use in geodesy, methods for establishing a world geodetic system. Precise levelling.
Texts
Torge. W. Geodesy (de Gruyter)
Mikhail. E.M. ObserVations and Least Squares (IEP)
524130 1 unit
SV462 PHOTOGRAMMETRY II
Prerequisite SV361
Photogrammetric orientation. Design principles and practical application of exact and approximate restitution instruments. Flight and project planning - aerial mapping -aerial triangulation of strips.
Text
Wolf, P.R. Elements of Photogrammetry (McGraw-Hill 1974)
524140 1 unit
SV465 ADVANCED CARTOGRAPHY
Prerequisite SV361
SURVEYING SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
Cadastral systems. Land information systems. Evolution of the N.S.W. cadastre. Mapping - methods of preparing and reproducing line maps and other map products. Principles of automatic cartographic procedures. review of equipment examples of automated mapping.
524135 1 unit
SV472 LAND VALUATION
General principles of urban and rural land valuation _ unimproved and improved capital values - valuation of leasehold and freehold land - subdivisional value of land -valuation of buildings - relevant Acts and Regulations _ N.S.W. Land and Valuation Court proceedings and decisions.
Texts
Hornby, D. Appraisal One (lolyon 1976)
Murray, J.P.N. PrinCiples and Practice of Land Valuation (Commonwealth Inst. of Valuers 1974)
524136 2 units
SV473 TOWN PLANNING
Review of historical planning concepts. Modem approaches to town planning including legal aspects. Practical consideration in subdivision design. Environmental impact considerations.
524141 1 unit
SV475 SURVEY MANAGEMENT AND PLANNING
Personnel in the survey office - private practice and public authority. Field note systems - statutory requirements, functions, formats. Office record systems - functions and organization. Time costing systems. Place of the computer. Surveyor's rights. powers and duties. Professional ethics.
Project planning - Preliminary assessment, environmental impact, contour and surround surveys, geotechnical investigation, preliminary layout. submission to Council. Final layout and engineering design. Construction and final approval.
524133 2 units
SV48I PROJECT
Prerequisite All Year III subjects
EITHER
A minor research project involving a literature review ancl/or analytical and/or experimental investigation.
OR
A land studies project, involving selection of a site suitable for a specified purpose, investigation of title, zoning, site survey. environmental impact study, design for development.
525142 2 units
SV582 PROJECT
A project for candidates for the Diploma in Surveying. Further details are available from the Head of Deparlment .
r I
f
I
I
SECTION SIX CORE SUBJECTS OFFERED OUTSIDE THE FACULTY OF ENGINEERING
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
721100 CHEMISTRY I
Prerequisites Nil
4 units:weighting;::;1
Advisory Prerequisites At least Mathematics (2-unit course). Physics (2-unit course) and Chemistry (2-unit course) with ranking in the top 50% in each case.
Hours About 3 lecture hours and 3 hours of tutorial and laboratory classes per week.
Examination The subject is examined progressively with three examinations each of two hours duration distributed tJuoughout the year.
The laboratory mark counts 10% towards the final grading. A pass in the laboratory course is required in order to pass the subject
Content
Inorganic Chemistry (30 lectures)
Revision of basic concepts; -periodic properties of the elements and their compounds; bonding and structure; coordination compounds.
Organic Chemistry (30 lectures)
Historical development. The shapes. structures and names of organic compounds; reactions of common functional groups; synthesis, differentiation and structural elucidation of organic compounds.
Physical Chemistry (30 lectures)
Chemical equilibria; thermodynamics; electrochemistry; chemical kinetics.
Texts
Aylward, G.H. & Findlay, TJ.V. S1. Chemical Data 2nd edn (Wiley 1974)
Brown, T.L. & LeMay, H.E. Chemistry - The Central Science 3rd edn (PrenticeHall 1985)
Hart,H. Organic Chemistry 6th edn (Houghton Mimin 1983)
721900 2 units:weighting;::;l CHEMISTRY IS (for Civil Engineering Students)
Prerequisites Nil
Hours About 2 lecture hours and 1 hour of tutorials, computational classes and student participation per week.
Examination A student may satisfy the examiners EITHER:
(i) by achieving an overall satisfactory performance in the three 1 hour examinations held at the end of each term; OR
(ii) by achieving performance in a 3 hour paper on the whole year's work, held in the November examination period.
Students who attempt both sets of examinations will be credited with the higher of the two results.
Content
The course deals primarily with material and energy resources.
One term is devoted to structures. properties and behaviour of inorganic materials, minerals and metals.
One term is devoted to chemical energetics and to chemical and physical equilibria.
One term is devoted to organic chemistry with special reference to petrochemicals. polymers, fuels and lubricants.
In all three terms tutorials designed to support the lecture are held.
Texts
Aylward, G.H. Aod Findlay, TJ.V. S1. Chemical Data 2nd edn (Wiley 1974)
Breck. W.G. etal Chemistry: for Science and Engineering (McGrawHill 1982)
Steedman. W. et al Chemistry for the Applied Sciences (pergamon 1970)
722200 CHEMISTRY IIA
Prerequisite Chemistry I
6 units: weighting;::;2
Preparatory Subjects Mathematics I & either Physics IA or m Hours About 3 lecture hours and 6 hours of tutorial and laboratory classes per week.
Examination The subject is examined progressively with seven hours of examinations distributed throughout the year. The laboratory mark counts 20%towards the fmal grading. A pass in the laboratory course is required in order to pass the subject.
Content
Analytical Chemistry
Basic principles of selected range of instrumental methods of analysis.
Inorganic Chemistry
Symmetry. structure and bonding. main group chemistry; transient metal chemistry and co-ordination complexes; structure elucidation; 1t acceptor complexes and organometallic compounds.
Dynamics
Kinetics; chemical affinity; electrochemical cells.
Organic Chemistry
Aliphatic and aromatic chemistry.
Thermodynamics
Basic laws, and applications to ideal and non~ideal systems.
Texts
Atkins, P.W. Physical Chemistry 2nd edn (Oxford 1982)
Purcell,K.F. & Kotz, J.C. An introduction to Inorganic Chemistry softback edn (Holt-Saunders 1980)
85
SECTION SIX CORE SUBJECTS OFFERED OUTSIDE THE FACULTY OF ENGINEERING
Pine, S,H. Hendrickson, J.B.el al Organic Chemistry 4th edn (McGraw-Hill 1980)
Also advisable, particularly if proceeding to Chemistry IlIA.
Shoemaker, D.P. Garland, C,W., et at Experiments in Physical Chemistry 4th edn (McGraw-Hill 1981)
Skoog, DA & Wes~ D.M. Principles of Instrumental Analysis 2nd edn (Saunders College, Philadelphia 1980)
Model Kit Orbit Molecular Model Kit. (Cochranes, Oxford)
722400 CHEMISTRY IIC
4 units!weighting::2
Note: Chemical Engineering students may take Chemistry IlA (6 units) in lieu of Chemistry I/C and 2 units of Elective. Students are encouraged to consider taking this option- see Chemical Engineering Approved Programme.
Prerequisite Chemistry I
Preparatory Subjects Mathematics I and either Physics IA or lB.
Hours About 3 lecture hours and 3 hours tutorial and laboratory classes per week.
Examination The subject is examined progressively with seven hours of examinations distributed throughout the year.
The laboratory mark counts 10% towards the final grading. A pass in the laboratory course is required in order to pass the subject.
Content
Analytical Chemistry
Basic principles of selected range of instrumental methods of analysis.
Inorganic Chemistry
Symmetry, structure and bonding, main group chemistry; transient metal chemistry and co-ordination complexes; structure elucidation; 7t acceptor complexes and organometallic compounds. Dynamics
Kinetics; chemi~al affmity; electrochemical cells.
Organic Chemistry
Aliphatic and aromatic chemistry.
Thermodynamics
Basic laws, and applications to ideal and non-ideal systems.
Texts
Atkins, P.W. Physical Chemistry 2nd edn (Oxford 1982)
Purcell,K.F. & Kotz, J.C. An introduction to Inorganic Chemistry softback edn (Holt-Saunders 1980)
Pine, S.H. Hendrickson, J.B. et al Organic Chemistry 4th edn (McGraw-Hill 1980)
Also advisable, particularly if proceeding to Chemistry IlIA.
86
Shoemaker, D.P. Garland, C.W., et aJ Experiments in Physical Chemistry 4th edn (McGraw-HilI 1981)
Skoog, D.A. & West, D.M. Principles of Instrumental Analysis 2nd edn (Saunders ColJege, Philadelphia 1980)
Model Kit Orbit Molecular Model Kit. (Cochranes, Oxford)
DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS
421100 ECONOMICS 1
Lecturer D. B. Hughes
Prerequisites Nil
4 units:weighting=1
Hours 3 lecture hours per week, and weekly tutorials
Examination Two I-hour quizzes plus one 2-hour examination each semester
Content
The course is designed to introduce the student to the principles of economics. While emphasis through the course is on the theoretical underpinnings of economics, the concepts afford significant insights into contemporary problems. The theoretical concepts developed will be used to address contemporary issues and problems, eg, environmental pollution, poverty, urban quality of life, inflation and unemployment, and government policy alternatives.
The first semester will examine the principles of Microeconomics and their applications. Microeconomics is concerned with the rules of rationality for decisions made by individuals who wish to maximise their wellbeing, and the impact these decisions have upon the allocation of resources throughout an economy or society. Emphasis will be placed on contrasting theoretical conclusions with real-world praxis.
The second semester is concerned with Macroeconomics. It will involve a study of the relationship between aggregates such as consumption, invesunent, employment, inflation and growth. Basic theoretical analysis will be used to explain policy alternatives and some of the problems involved in making appropriate policy decisions. The comse will include a discussion of areas of theoretical controversy and provide some explanation as to why economists can advocate incompatible "solutions" to the same problem.
Texts To be advised
References
Gwartney, 1.0. & Stroup, R. Economics: Private and Public Choice (Academic Press, 1980)
Lipsey, R. Langley, P. & Mahoney, D. Positive Economics for Australian Students (Weidenfeld & Nicholson 1981)
Samuelson, P. et a1. Economics 3rd Australian edn (McGraw-Hili)
Tisdell, C. Economics of Markets: An Introduction to Economic Analysis, (Wiley, 1974).
SECTION SIX CORE SUBJECTS OFFERED OUTSIDE THE FACULTY OF ENGINEERING
DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY
352200 4 units:weighting=l GEOGRAPHY IIB - Physical Geography
(For BSurv students)
Prerequisite Geography I
Hours Four hours of lectures/practical/tutorials and two hours of Geographical Methods· per week; up to six days of fieldwork.
Geography lIB students are required to take Geographical Methods plus all courses offered.
Semester 1 Climatology
Biogeography A
Semester 2 Geomorphology
Biogeography B
ExaminaJion Three two~hour papers
Content
A study of the physical environment. In 1988 themes will be established around the foHowing specific fields of interest
Climatology (Dr H. A. Bridgman, Dr G. N. McIntyre) An introduction to the study on a synoptic and meso-climatic scale including radiation and heat budgets; thermodynamics; precipitation processes; climates of the world; climatic change; agricultural climatology; applied climatology.
Geomorphology (prof. E. A. Calhoun, Dr R. J. Loughran) Rocks and their weathering, structural landfonns, soils, slope development and mass movements, fluvial, aeolian and coastal processes and landfonns.
Biogeography (Dr. J.C. Turner)
To be advised
Texts
Attenborough, D. Life on earth (1987)
Linacre, E. & Hobbs, J. The Australian Climatic Environment (Wiley, Paperback, 1983)
Pears, N. Basic Geography (Longman, 1985, 2nd edn.)
Selby, MJ. Earth's Changing Surface (Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1985)
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
681100 4 units weighting=1 COMPUTER SCIENCE I
In the Faculty of Engineering only students enrolled in the Computer Engineering programme may enrol in this subject.
Corequisite Mathematics I
Hours 3 lecture hours and 2 laboratory hours per week. Examinations Two 2-hour papers and one 2-hour mid-year paper.
• Nott: students also tnrofltd in Geography llA must count Gtographical Mtthods in ItB only, and take all sef11£ster llIIils offered in IIA)
Content
Introduction to the following aspects of computer science: The design of algorithms. The theory of algorithms. How algorithms are executed as programs by a computer. The functions of system software (compilers and operating systems). Applications of computers. Social issues raised by computers. An extensive introduction to programming in Pascal and a shorter introduction to programming in FORTRAN 77.
Texts
Goldschlager, L. & Lister, A. Computer Science, A Modern Introduction (2nd edn Prentice-Hall 1987)
and either
Cooper, D. & Clancy, M. Condensed Pascal (J'Iorton 1987)
IX'
Savitch, W J. Pascal. An Introduction to the Art and Science of Programming (2nd edn Benjamin/Cwnmings 1987)
682100 4 units: weighting=2 COMPUTER SCIENCE II
In the Faculty of Engineering only students enrolled in the Computer Engineering programme may enrol in this subject.
Prerequisite Computer Science I
Hours 4 lecture hours and approx. 4 hours of tutorials and practical work per week
Examinations By topic
Content
This subject comprises the four topics:
Assembly Language
Commercial Programming
Comparative Programming Languages
Data Structures & Algorithms
Descriptions of these topics appear as the subject descriptions for the Diploma in Computer Science subjeclS of the same names.
661100 MATHEMATICS I
Advisory Prerequisite
4 units weighting=1
Students intending to study Mathematics I are advised that although the minimum assumed knowledge for Mathematics I is 2 units of Mathematics at the Higher School Certificate, nevertheless students who have less than 3 units of preparation will usually find themselves seriously disadvantaged.
Hours 4 lecture hours and 2 tutorial hours per week
Examination Two 3-hour papers
87
SECTION SIX CORE SUBJECTS OFFERED OUTSIDE THE FACULTY OF ENGINEERING
Content
The following four topics:
Text
Algebra
Real Analysis
Calculus
Statistics and Computing
Mathematics I Tutorial Notes (1988) University of Newcastle
Anton, H Elementary Linear Algebra 5th edn (Wiley 1987)
Binmore, K.G. Mathematical Analysis: A Straightforward Approach 2nd edn (Cambridge University Press 1982)
Farrand, S. & Poxon, N.J, Calculus (Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1984)
References See under individual topics
MATHEMATICS I TOPIC DESCRIPTIONS
Algebra
P.K. Smrz
Induction. Binomial Theorem. Vector geometry in two and three dimensions. Matrices. Solution of systems of linear equations. Vector spaces, basis and dimension, subspaces. Determinants. Linear maps, matrix representation, rank and nullity. Eigenvectors and eigenvalues. Applications.
References Brisley, W.A.
Basis/or Linear Algebra (Wiley 1973)
Johnson, R.S. & Vinson, T.O. Elementary Linear Algebra (Harcourt Brace Jovanovich 1987)
Kolman,B. Elementary Linear Algebra (Macmillan 1977)
Liebeek, H. Algebrafor Scientists and Engineers (Wiley i971)
Lipschutz, S. 1.
Line!,," Algebra (Schaum 1974)
Real Analysis • J.R. Giles
The real number system. Convergence of sequences and series. Limits and continuity of functions. The theory of differentiation and integration. Polynomial approximation and Taylor's series.
References
Apostol, T Calculus Vol. 1 2nd edn (Blaisdell 1967)
Clark, C.W. Elementary Mathematical Analysis (Wadsworth· Brooks 1982)
Giles, J.R. Real Analysis: An introductory Course (Wiley 1972)
Spivak, M Calculus (Benjamin 1967)
88
Calculus - RF. Berghout
Revision of differentiation and integration of polynomials and trigonometric functions. Differentiation of rational functions and of implicit and parametrically defined functions. Definition and properties of logarithmic, exponential and hyperbolic functions. Complex numbers. Integration by parts and by substitution techniques. Integration of rational functions. First order separable and linear differential equations. Second order linear differential equations with constant coefficients. Simple threedimensional geometry of curves and surfaces.
References
Ayres, F. Calculus (Schaum 1974)
Edwards, C.H. & Penney, D.E. Calculus and Analytical Geometry (Prentice-Hall 1982)
Stein, S.K. Calculus and Analytical Geometry 3rd edn (McGrawHill 1982)
Statistics & Computing - A.J. Dobson & W.P. Wood
An introduction to elementary numerical analysis and computing, including finding roots and·estimating integrals. Programming in Pascal starts early in the course, and students are required to compose and use effective programs and carry out lal:xJratory work.
An introduction to statistics: exploratory data analysis, uncertainty and random variation, probability, use of MlNITAB.
Note
Students intending to pursue computing studies slwuld also obtain one of the referencesfor Pascal listed below.
Text
Freedman, D. Pisani, R & Purves, R Statistics (W.W.Norton & Co. 1978)
References for Pascal
Cooper, D. & Clancy, M Oh! Pascal 2nd edn (y{.W. Norton & Co. 1982)
Koffman, E.B. Problem Solving and Structured Programming in Pascal 2nd edn (Addison-Wesley 1985)
Savitch, W J. Pascal. An Introduction to the Art and Science of Programming (Benjamin/Cummings)
Other References
Conte, S.D. & de Boor, C. Elementary Numerical Analysis 3rd edn (McGraw-Hill 1980)
Ryan, B.F., Joiner, B.L. & Ryan, T.A. Minitab Handbook 2nd edition (Duxbury Press, Boston 1985)
661200 MATHEMATICS IS
This subject is intended for students who studied 2-unit Mathematics or who attained less than 110 out of 150 in 3-unit Mathematics in the Higher School Certificate. It is not
SECTION SIX CORE SUBJECTS OFFERED OUTSIDE THE FACULTY OF ENGINEERING
open to students who have completed 4·unit Mathematics or who have attained more than 110 out of 150 in 3-unit Mathematics. It is not, by itself, sufficient preparation for Part II Mathematics subjects.
Lecturer MJ. Hayes
Hours 4 lecture hours and 2 tutorial hours per week
Examination To be advised
Content
Elementary algebra and algebraic manipulations. Systems of linear equations. Binomial theorem, induction, elementary probability. Elementary geometry and trigonometry. Elementary differentiation and integral calculus. Logarithmic, exponential and hyperbolic functions. Curve sketching. Differential equations, applications. Introduction to elementary numerical analysis and computing: finding roots, estimating integrals, programming in Pascal. (Students are required to compose and use effective programs and to carry out laboratory work.) Introduction to statistics: exploratory data analysis, uncertainty and random variation, probability, use of MlNITAB.
Text
Freedman, D., Pisani, R. & Purves, R Statistics (W.W.Norton & Co. 1978)
(Texts for calculus and computing to be advised.)
References
Ayres, F Calculus (Schaum 1974)
Edwards, C.H. & Penney, D.E. Calculus and Analytical Geometry (Prentice-Hall 1982)
Stein, S.K. Calculus and Analytical Geometry 3rd edn (McGrawHill 1982)
Cooper, D. & Clancy, M Oh! Pascal 2nd edn (y{.W. Norton & Co. 1982)
Koffman, E.B. Problem Solving and Structured Programming in Pascal 2nd edn (Addison-Wesley 1985)
Savitch, W J. Pascal. An Introduction to the Art and Science of Programming (Benjamin/Cummings)
Conte, S.D. & de Boor, C. Elementary Numerical Analysis 3rd edn (McGraw-Hill 1980)
Ryan, B.F., Joiner, B.L.& Ryan, T.A. Minitab Handbook 2nd edition (Duxbury Press, Boston 1985)
661-300 MATHEMATICS 102
This is a half subject, which is an upgrade for students who have passed Mathematics IS.
Hours 2 lecture hours and 1 tutorial hour per week
Examination One 3 hour paper
Content
As for the topics "Algebra" and "Real Analysis" in Mathematics I.
Note:
Mathematics IS is not a sufficient prerequisite for any further Mathematics subjects, except Mathematics 102. However, Mathematics IS followed by Mathematics 102 is acceptable as a prerequisite in all cases where Mathematics I is acceptable as a prerequisite.
662100 MATHEMATICS IIA
4 units:weigbting=2
Prerequisite Mathematics I
Hours 4 lecture hours and 2 tutorial hours per week
Examination Each topic is examined separately
Content
Topics B, CO and D. In exceptional circumstances and with the consent of the Head of the Department some substitution of topics may be allowed.
Selected Part 11 Mathematics Topics
692101 TOPIC AS - APPLIED STATISTICS
Prerequisite Mathematics I
Hours Two lecture hours per week and practical work for Semester 1 only.
Examination Assignments, tests and one 2-hour examination.
Content
Topics covered include: exploratory data analysis, probability theory, sampling, quality control, error propagation, confidence intervals and hypothesis tests, e.g. for means and proportions, simple linear regression and contingency tables.
Emphasis is placed on data analysis using the statistical computer program MINITAB.
Text
Chatfield, C. Statistics for Technology .' A Course in Applied Statistics 3rd edn (Chapman and Hall, London 1983).
References
Ryan B.F., Joiner B.L.& Ryan T.A MiNiTAB Handbook 2nd edn (Duxbury Press, Boston 1985).
Freund J.E. & Walpole R.E. Mathematical Statistics 3rd edn (Prentice-Hall 1980).
662102 TOPIC B - COMPLEX ANALYSIS
Lecturer MJ. Hayes
Corequisite Topic CO
Hours 1 lecture hour per week and 1 tutorial hour per fortnight
Examination One 2-hour paper
89
SECTION SIX CORE SUBJECTS OFFERED OUTSIDE THE FACULTY OF ENGINEERING
Content
Complex numbers, Cartesian and polar forms, geometry of the complex plane, solutions of polynomials equations. Complex functions, mapping theory, limits and continuity. Differentiation, the Cauchy-Riemann Theorem. Elementary functions. exponential, logarithmic. trigonometric and hyperbolic functions. Integration. the Cauchy-Gaursat Theorem. Cauchy's integral formulae. Liouville's Theorem and the Fundamental Theorem of Algebra. Taylor and Laurent series, analytic continuation. Residue theory, evaluation of some real integrals and series, the Argument Principle and Rouche's Theorem. Conformal mapping and applications.
Text Nil
References
Churchill. R.V .• Brown, 1.W. & Verhey, R.F. Complex Variables and Applications (McGraw-Hill 1984)
Grove, E.A. & Ladas, G. Introduction to Complex Variables (Houghton Mifflin 1974)
Kreysig, E. Advanced Engineering Mathematics (Wiley 1979)
Levinson, N. & Redheffer ,R.M. Complex Variables (Holden-Day 1970)
O'Neill, P.V. Advanced Engineering Mathematics (Wadsworth 1983)
Spiegel, M.R. Theory and Problems of Complex Variables (McGraw-Hili 1964)
Tall, D.O. Functions of a Complex Variable I and II (Routledge and Kegan Pau11970)
662109 TOPIC CO - VECTOR CALCULUS & DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Lecturer W. Summerfield
Prerequisite Ma~ematics I
Hours 21~ture hours per week and 1 tutorial hour per week
Examination One 3-hour paper Content
Differential and integral calculus of functions of several variables: partial' derivatives, directional derivative, chain rule, Jacobians, multiple integrals, Gauss' and Stokes' theorems (with Green's theorem as a special case), gradient, divergence and curl. Conservative vector fields. Taylor's polynomial, stationary points. Fourier series: generalisation. First order ordinary differential equations: separable, homogeneous, linear. Applications. Higher order (mainly second) linear differential equations: general solution, initial (and boundary) value problems, solution by Laplace ttansfonn. Series solution about ordinary point and regular singular point. A little on Bessel functions, Legendre polynomials and applications of higher order equations if time pennits. Sturm-Liouville systems. Second
90
order linear partial differential equatiOns: Laplace, Wave and Diffusion equations.
Texts
Kreyszig, E. Advanced Engineering Mathematics 5th edn (paperback, Wiley 1979)(5th edn is preferable but 4th or 3rd edn will suffice)
Greenberg, M.D. Foundations of Applied Mathematics (Prentice-Hall) (1978)
References
Amazigo, J.C. & Rubenfeld. L.A. Advanced Calculus and its Applications to the Engineering and Physical Sciences (Wiley 1980)
Boyce, W.E. & Di Prima, RC. Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems (Wiley 1986)
Churchill, RV. & Brown, J.W. Fourier Series and Boundary Value Problems (McGraw-Hili 1978)
Courant, R. Differential and Integral Calculus Vol.IT (Wiley 1968)
Edwards, C.H. & Penney, D.E. Calculus and Analytic Geometry (Prentice-Hall 1982)
Finizio, N. & Ladas,G. Ordinary Differential Equations with Modern Applications 2nd edn (Wadsworth 1982)
Greenspan, H.D. & Benney, DJ. Calculus - an Introduction to Applied Mathematics (McGraw-Hili 1973)
Habennan, R. Elementary Applied Partial Differential Equations (Prentice-Hall 1983)
O'Neill, P.V. Advanced Engineering Mathematics (Wadsworth 1983)
Piskunov, N. Differential and Integral Calculus Vol.l and II 2nd edn (Mir 1981)
Powers, D.L. Boundary Value Problems (Academic 1972)
Spiegel, M.R Theory and Problems of Vector Analysis (Schaum 1959)
Spiegel, M.R. Theory and Problems of Advanced Calculus (Schaum 1974)
Stein, S.K. Calculus and Analytic Geometry 3rd edn (McGrawHill 1982)
Stephenson, G. Partial Differential Equations for Scientists and Engineers 3rd edn (Longman 1974)
i
SECTION SIX CORE SUBJECTS OFFERED OUTSIDE THE FACULTY OF ENGINEERING
662104 TOPIC D - LINEAR ALGEBRA
Lecturer RB. Eggleton
Prerequisite Mathematics I HOUTS l1ecture hour per week and 1 tutorial hour per
fortnight
Examination One 2-hour paper
Content
First semester: A brief review of some material in the algebra component of Mathematics 1. Linear'maps, matrix representations. Diagonalisation, eigenvalues and eigenvectors. Inner product spaces. Orthogonal, unitary, hermitian and normal matrices. Difference equations. Quadratic Conns. Linear programming.
Second semester. Gram-Schmidt process, upper triangular matrices. Characteristic and minimum polynomials. CayleyHamilton theorem. Duality. Jordan fonn. Some Euclidean geometry, isometries, dimensional rotations.
Text Nil References
Anton, H. Elementary Iinear Algebra 4th edn (Wiley 1984)
Bloom, D.M. Linear Algebra and GeomJ!try (Cambridge 1979)
Brisley. W. A Basis for Linear Algebra (Wiley 1973)
Lipschutz, S. Linear Algebra (Schaum 1974)
Nering, E.D. Linear Algebra and Matrix Theory (Wiley 1964)
Reza, F. Linear Spaces in Engineering (Ginn 1971)
Roman, S. An Introduction to Linear Algebra (SaWlders 1985)
Rorres, C. & Anton, H. Applications of Linear Algebra (Wiley 1979)
SELECTED ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS TOPICS
Note: Mathematics I is a prerequisite/or all EM2 subjects.
662112 1 unit: weighting=2 EM2AS APPLIED STATISTICS
Content See Topic AS.
662106 1 unit: weighting=2 EM2B COMPLEX ANALYSIS
Content See Topic B.
662111 EM2BD COMPLEX ALGEBRA
1 unit: weighting=2 ANALYSIS AND LINEAR
Pre- or Corequisite EM2CO.
Content
Consists of first half year's work in Topic B Complex Analysis and Topic D Linear Algebra.
662110 2 units: weighting=2 EM2CO VECTOR CALCULUS AND
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Content See Topic CO
662108 1 unit: weighting = 2 EM2D LINEAR ALGEBRA
Content See Topic D.
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
741200 4 units:weighting:;::1
PHYSICS IA
Prerequisite Nil
Hours 3 lecture hours and an average of 3 hours of laboratory and tutorial' work per week.
Examination One paper mid-year, one paper at the end of year, together with laboratory and tutorial assessment.
Content
Physics IA is the prinCipal prerequisite for students wishing to proceed to Physics II. Some students in the Faculty of Engineering may be required to take the subject Physics IA while others may have the option of attempting Physics lB. Students in the Faculty of Engineering should consult the Approved Programme for the course in which they are enrolled. (See Section 5 of this Handbook.)
A rigorous, mathematically based discipline with emphasis on the unifying prinCiples which link together different areas of the subject. Lectures will cover mechanics, oscillations and waves, optics, and quantum physics. The treatment tluoughout will assume some knowledge of calculus. Texts
Serway, RA. Physics for Scientists and Engineers with Modern Physics (Saunders College PubliShing, Second Edition, 1986).
7411300 PHYSICS IB
Prerequisite Nil
4 units: weighting:;::!
Hours 3 lecture hours and an average of 3 hours of laboratory and tutorial work per week.
Examination One paper mid-year. one paper at end of year, together with laboratory and tutorial assessment
Content
Physics IB covers the same topics as outlined for Physics lA, though somewhat less deeply and with less mathematical rigour. It is designed for students who enter the University with the intention of studying Physics for only one year. However, students who develop an interest in Physics during their studies are encouraged to consult with the Head of Department of Physics if they wish to enter Physics II on the basis of perfonnance in the Physics IB cowse. Text
Weidner, RT. Physics (Allyn & Bacon 1985)
91
SECTION SIX
CORE SUBJECTS CONTINUED 742101 Ph221
2 units: weighting=2 ELECTROMAGNETICS AND QUANTUM MECHANICS
Prerequisites Mathematics I, Physics IA or normally a credit pass in IB.
Hours 451ecwre hours and 451aboratory hours.
Examinalion 3 hours.
Content This subject is intended for students in Electrical Engineering. The content covers topics in Eiectromagnetics and Quantum Physics.
Students who may later wish to continue Physics in the Science Faculty are advised that Science Faculty regulations require that Physics II be completed in a single year.
Texts Texts will be listed on the Physics Department noticeboard.
Computer Number
Subject
Classical Civilisation I
Drama I
English I
French IA
French IS
Geography I
GennanIN
GennanlS
Greek I
History I
Japanese I
latini
APPROVED ELECTIVE SUBJECTS
All undergraduate engineering programmes include Elective units which may be selected in accordance with specific requirements. The elective Requirements of each programme are set out following the Approved Programme and students should consult these requirements before selecting their elective subjects (see relevant course entry in Section 5).
Subject to the Elective Requirements of the relevant course, Elective units may be selected from:
• Subjects offered by DeparUDents of the Faculty of Engineering (except EElOO);
• Subjects offered by Departments outside the Faculty which are core subjects in an Engineering course (except Computer Science I) and are therefore listed in the previous part of this Section;
• Subjects included in the list below; and
• Subjects which may be specially approved by Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the responsible Department. The unit value and weighting of any subject so approved will also be determined by Faculty Board.
FuU descriptions of the subjects listed below, including any prerequisite or corequisite requirements, may be found in the relevant Faculty Handbook.
The unit value and weighting of the subjects listed below have been approved by Faculty Board for use in the event that such subjects are approved as Elective subjects in accordance with course Elective Requirements.
Department
Classics
Drama
English
Modern Languages
Modem Languages
Geography
Modem Languages
Modern Languages
Classics
History
Modem Languages
Classics
Unit Weighting Value
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
ARTS
311400 261100 331100 341101 341300 351100 361500 361600 311100 371100 291100 311200 271100 381100 381202
Linguistics I Linguistics 4
381201
381200
92
Philosophy I Philosophy 4 1
Philosophy IF Philosophy 3 1 Content: Either the frrst or the second half of the core strand of Philosophy I plus two Philosophy I options.
Philosophy IE Philosophy 2 1 Content: Either the nrst or the second half of the core strand of Philosophy I plus one Philosophy I option.
Philosophy ID Philosophy Content: Either the core strand of Philosophy I or one Philosophy I option.
! I.
i
SECTION SIX
Computer Number
311300 301100 751100
Subject
Sanskrit I
Sociology I
Psychology I
ECONOMICS AND COMMERCE
411100 440126 421100 421105 451100
MATHEMATICS
Accounting I
CS Commercial Programming
Economics I
Economic History I
Legal Studies I
Department
Classics
Sociology
Psychology
Commerce
Management
Economics
Economics
Law
APPROVED ELECTIVE SUBJECTS
Unit Weighting Value
4 4 4
4 I
3 4 4 4
Notes: The descriptions of EM subjects offered by the DeparUDents of Computer Science. Mathematics and Statistics correspond to the descriptions of the topic of the same name and level which may be found in the Faculty of Mathematics Handbook. For example; the content of EM2A Mathematical Models is identical to the content of Mathematics II, Topic A Mathematical Models. The prerequisite and corequisite requirements of Mathematics Topics apply to the related EM subject.
Department or Computer Science
682200 EM2CPL Comparative Programming Languages
683120 684202 684201 684200 684203 684204 684206 684205
EM3PL Programming Languages and Systems
EM4 Advanced Operating System Principles
EM4 Artificial Intelligence
EM4 Computer Graphics
EM4 Concurrency, Complexity and VSLI
EM4 Ponnal Semantics of Programming Languages
EM4 Software Engineering Principles
EM4 Software·Oriented Computer Architecture
Department or Mathematics 662105 EM2A Mathematical Models
662300 662106 662111 662110 662108 662212 662206 662215 662307 662308 663135 663131 663136 663120 663124 663132 663147 663127
Mathematics IIC
EM2B Complex Analysis
EM2BD Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra
EM2CO Vector Calculus and Differential Equations
EM2D Linear Algebra
EM2E Topic in Applied Mathematics
EM2P Numerical Analysis and Computing
EM2G Discrete Mathematics
EM2K Topic in Pure Mathematics
EM2L Analysis of Metric Spaces
EM3M General Tensors and Relativity
EM3N Variational Methods & Integral Equations
EM30 Mathematical Logic and Set Theory
EM3P Ordinary Differential Equations
EM3PD Partial Differential Equations
EM3Q Fluid Mechanics
EM3QS Quantum and Statistical Mechanics
EM3S Geometry
4
I
I
2
I
1
2 3 4 4 4 4 4
4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
93
SECTION SIX APPROVED ELECTIVE SUBJECTS
Computer Number
663140
663137
663125
663214
663150
663149
663112
664404
664413
664414
664415
664416
664417
664419
664420
664195
664409
664422
664423
664424
664183
664425
664426
664427
664182
664428
664430
664431
664432
Subject
EM3T Group Theory
EM3TC Theory of Computing
EM3V Measure Theory and IntegnUion
EM3W Functional Analysis EM3X Fields and Equations
EM3Y Stochastic Processes
Department
EM3Z Mathematical Principles of Numerical Analysis
EM4 Algebraic Graph Theory
EM4 Analysis of Categorical Data EM4 Astrophysical Applications of Magnetohydrodynamics
EM4 Banach Algebra
EM4 Combinatorics EM4 Convex Analysis EM4 Foundations of Modern Differential Geometry EM4 General and Algebraic Topology
EM4 Fluid Statistical Mechanics EM4 History of Analysis to Around 1900
EM4 Linear Operators
EM4 Mathematical Models of Phase Transitions
EM4 Mathematical Physiology EM4 Mathematical Problem Solving EM4 Nonlinear Oscillations
EM4 Number Theory EM4 Perturbation Theory
EM4 Quantum Mechanics EM4 Radicals and Annihilators EM4 Symmetry and Groups EM4 Topological Graph Theory
EM4 Viscous Flow Theory
Department of Statistics 692201 EM2AS Applied Statistics
692202
692203
693201
693202
693203
693205
694202
694205
694206
SCIENCE
711100
731100
751100
94
EM2PS Probability and Statistics
EM2RP Random Processes and Simulation
EM3LM Linear Statistical Models
EM3RP Random Processes and Simulation
EM3SS Survey Sampling
EM3TSA Time Series Analysis EM4 Demography and Survival Analysis
EM4 Generalised Linear Modelling
EM4 Statistical Inference
Biology I Geology I
Psychology I
Unit Weighting Value
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
2
I
I
I I
I
4
4
4
3
3 3
3 3 3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4 4 4
4
4
4 4
4
4
4
4 4
4
4
4 4
2 2
2
3 2
3
3 4
4
4
SECTION SEVEN COMBINED DEGREE PROGRAMMES
About This Section This section sets out the detailed programmes of combined degree courses which may be taken by students enrolled in the various BE programmes.
Admission to these programmes must be approved by the Dean of the Faculty of Engineering and the Dean of the other faculty concerned. Entry to the courses is normaIly made after completion of the first year of a BE Approved Programme. Students normally require a Weighted Average Mark (WAM) of a least 70 before permission will be given to enter a combined degree programme. Combined degree programmes are taken on a full-time basis.
ENTRY TO COMBINED DEGREE PROGRAMMES
Students wishing to enter a combined degree programme must apply for entry after completion of the first year of the Approved Programme of their BE course. Applications are made by submitting an Application for Course Transfer form attached to the Application for Re-enrolment form. The forms must be lodged at the Student Administration Office in the McMullin Building by the due date for return of the latter fonn.
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
The following combined courses leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering (BE) in the specialty of Chemical Engineering, and the degree of Bachelor of Arts (BA), Bachelor of Commerce (BCorn), Bachelor of Economics (BEc), Bachelor of Mathematics (BMath) or Bachelor of Science (BSc) are to be submitted to the relevant Faculty Boards.
Year I Identical to ·Year I of the Approved Programme for the B.E. in Chemical Engineering, except that students contemplating enrolment in the BMath/BE and BSc/BE combined degrees programmes should include Physics IA in their first year programme rather than taking Physics lB.
Bachelor of Bachelor of Bachelor of Bachelor of Bachelor of Arts Commerce Economics Malhemalics Science
Bachelor 0/ Bachelor 0/ Bachelor 0/ Bachelor 0/ Bachelor of Engineering Engineering Engineering Engineering Engineering
Year II Chemistry IIC Chemistry IIC Chemistry IIC Chemistry lIC Chemistry IIA Mathematics IIA Mathematics llA Mathematics IIA Mathematics IIA Mathematics ITA I Arts Subject Accounting I Economics I Mathematics IIC BSc Subj-Ptl ChE262 ChE262 ChE262 ChE262 ChE262
Year HI 2 Arts Subjects IQM IQM Mathematics IlIA 2 BSc Subj-Pt II ChE242 Economics I Economics n ChE242 ChE242 ChE291 ChE242 ChE242 ChE291 ChE29 I ChE355 ChE29 I ChE29 I ChE355 ChE355
ChE355 ChE355
Year IV 2 Arts Subjects 3 BCom Subjects 2 BEc Subjects BMath Subj-Pt III BSc Subj-Pt III ChE343 ChE343 ChE343 ChE343 ChE343 ChE363 ChE363 ChE363 ChE363 ChE363 ChE371 ChE371 ChE371 ChE371 ChE374 ChE383 ChE383 ChE383 ChE383 ChE383 ChE39 I ChE391 ChE391 ChE391 ChE39 I
Year V ChE463 2 BCom Subjects 2 BEc Subjects ChE463 ChE463 ChE483 ChE463 ChE463 ChE483 ChE483 ChE486 ChE483 ChE483 ChE486 ChE486 ChE491 ChE486 ChE486 ChE491 ChE491 ChE496 ChE491 ChE491 ChE496 ChE496 ChE497 ChE496 ChE496 ChE497 ChE497 2 units Elective ChE497 ChE497 2 Elective units 2 Elective units
95
SECTION SEVEN CIVIL ENGINEERING COMBINED DEGREE PROGRAMMES
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN CIVIL ENGINEERING The following combined courses leading ro the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering (BE) in the specialty of Civil Engineering, and the degree of Bachelor of Arts (BA), Bachelor of Mathematics (BMath). Bachelor of Science (BSe) or Bachelor of Surveying (BSurv) are to be submitted to the relevant Faculty Boards. Combined courses leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering (BE) in the specialty of Civil Engineering. and the degree of Bachelor of Commerce (Beam) or Bachelor of Economics (BEe) may be submitted to the relevant Faculty Boards for approval but will require 6 years full-time study for compl~tion. Prospective students may p~efer to co?s~der ~ rust degree in the specialty of Civil Engineering followed by a course leading to the award of Master of Busmess AdmmlstraUon (MBA).
Year I Identical to Year I of the Approved Programme for the BE in Civil Engineering. except that Physics IA is recommended in place of Physics IB for the BMath/BE and BSc/BE combined degrees.
Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Engineering
Year II Chemistry IS Mathematics ITA CE212 CE213 CE223J CE224 CE231 CE232 GE204 GE205 GE250 Year III Arts Subject. Part I CE314 CE315 CE316 CE324 CE325 CE333 CE334 CE341 CE351 CE372 CE381
Year IV Arts Subject· Part II CE416 CE417 CE426 CE442 CE452 CE453 CE454 CE455
Year V Arts Subject· Part I Arts Subject· Part II Arts Subject· Part III
96
Bachelor of Mathematics Bachelor of Engineering
Chemistry IS Mathematics ITA CE212 CE213 CE224 CE223J CE231 CE232 GE204 GE205 GE250
CE314 CE315 CE316 CE324 CE325 CE333 CE334 CE341 CE351 CE372 CE381 GE301
Mathematics IIC CE416 CE417 CE426 CE442 CE452 CE453 CE454 CE455
Mathematics IlIA BMath Subject. Part III
Bachelor of Science Bachelor of Engineering
Chemistry IS Mathematics IIA CE212 CE213 CE224 CE223J CE231 CE232 GE204 GE205 GE250
BSc Subject· Part I CE314 CE315 CE316 CE324 CE325 CE333 CE334 CE341 CE351 CE372 CE381
BSc Subject· Part II CE416 CE417 CE426 CE442 CE452 CE453 CE454 CE455
BSc Subject· Part I BSc Subject· Part II BSc Subject· Part III
Bachelor of Surveying
Bachelor of Engineering
CE212 CE213 CE223J CE224 CE231 CE232 EM2CO GE205 SV213 SV232 SV233
CE314 CE315 CE316 CE324 CE325 CE333 CE334 CE341 CE351 CE372 CE381 either GE301 or SV371
Chemistry IS GE250 SV214 SV291 SV292 SV333 SV334 SV351 SV361 SV473
CE417 CE426 CE442 CE443 CE452 CE453
CE454 SV393 SV416 SV441 SV481 SV472
SECTION SEVEN COMPUTER ENGINEERING COMBINED DEGREE PROGRAMMES
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING
The Bachelor of Engineering programme in Computer Engineering may be combined with studies leading to the award of the degrees of Bachelor of Arts (BA), Bachelor of Commerce (BCom), Bachelor of Computer Science (BCompSc). Bachelor of Economics (BEe). Bachelor of Mathematics (BMatb) or Bachelor of Science (BSc). Three of these combined programmes may be taken over 5 years full-time. They are the combined BElBCompSc. BElBMath and BElBSc programme majoring in Physics. These programmes are listed below. Enquiries regarding other combined degree programmes may. in the first instance. be directed to the Faculty Secretary.
Year I Identical to Year I of the Approved Programme for the BE in Computer Engineering.
Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Computer Science
Year n The Year II Computer Engineering Programme
Year TIl The Year m Computer Engineering Programme
Year IV The Year IV Computer Engineering Programme with General Elective of Mathematics IICS Year V Computer Science lIlA· Computer Science IUB
• An additiol1Ql essay is required /0 complete BCompSc requirements· see section 4(1)(b) of tiu BCompSc Degree Regulations.
Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Mathematics
The Year IT Computer Engineering Programme
The Year III Computer Engineering Programme
The Year IV Computer Engineering Programme with General Elective of Mathematics IIC
Mathematics IlIA Part III Subject from BMath Schedule
Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Science (Physics
Major)
The Year II Computer Engineering Programme Less Ph221 Plus 2 Elective Units
The Year III Computer Engineering Programme
The Year IV Compurer Engineering Programme with General Elective of Physics II
PhysicsID Science Subject - Part II
97
SECTION SEVEN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING COMBINED DEGREE PROGRAMMES
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
The Bachelor of Engineering programme in Electrical Engineering may be combined with studies leading to the award of the degrees of Bachelor of Arts (BA), Bachelor of Commerce (BCorn). Bachelor of Economics (BEe), Bachelor of Mathematics (BMatb) or Bachelor of Science (BSc). These courses are to be submitted to the relevant Faculty Boards. Two of these combined programmes may be taken over 5 years full-time. They are a combined BE/BMath and BE/BSc programme majoring in Physics. These programmes are listed below. Enquiries regarding other combined degree programmes may, in the ftrst instance, be directed to the Faculty Secretary.
Year I Identical to Year I of the Approved Programme for the B.E. in Electrical Engineering.
Year n
Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Mathematics
The Year II Electrical Engineering Programme
Year In The Year III Electrical Engineering Programme
Year IV The Year IV Electrical Engineering Programme w~th General Elective of Mathematics IIC Year V Mathematics IlIA Part III Subject from BMath Schedule
98
Bachelor 0/ Engineering Bachelor 0/ Science (Physics Major)
The Year IT Electrical Engineering Programme Less Ph221 Plus 2 Elective Units
The Year III Electrical Engineering Programme
The Year IV Electrical Engineering Programme with General Elective of Physics II
PhYSics III Science Subject - Part II
SECTION SEVEN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING COMBINED DEGREE PROGRAMMES
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
The. foll<;>wing combined courses leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering (BE) in the specialty of Industrial Engmeenng •. and the degree of Bachelor of.Arts (BA), Bachelor of Commerce (BCom), Bachelor of Economics (BEe), Bachelor of Mathemancs (BMath) or Bachelor of SCIence (BSc) are to be submitted to the relevant Faculty Boards.
Year I
Identical to Year I of the Approved Programme for the B.E. in Civil Engineering, except that Physics IA is recommended in place of Physics m for the BMath/BE and BSc/BE combined degrees.
Bachelor of Arts
Bachelor of Engineering
Year II Arts Subj - Part I Mathematics HA Mat211 ME204 ME214 ME231 ME2S1 ME271
Year III Arts Subj - Part I Arts Subj - Part II GE204 GE20S GE211 ME215 GE325 GE361
Year IV Arts Subj - Part III Arts SubPt II or III ME316 ME333 ME343 ME381 ME383 ME482
Year V GE301 ME483 ME484 ME485 ME487 ME488 ME496 5 units Elective
Bachelor of Commerce Bachelor of Engineering
Accounting I Mathematics ITA Economics I Mat211 ME214 ME231
IQM 2 BCorn Subjects GE204 GE205 ME204 ME215
1 BCom Subject GE211 GE325 GE361 ME251 ME271 ME316 ME333 ME343 ME381 ME383 ME483 ME48S
2 BCorn Subjects ME487 ME488 ME496 3 units Elective
Bachelor of Economics Bachelor of Engineering
Economics I Mathematics nA IQM Mat211 ME214 ME231 Economics II
2 BEc Subjects GE204 GE20S ME204 ME21S
1 BEc Subject GE211 GE32S GE361 ME251 ME271 ME316 ME333 ME343 ME381 ME383 ME483 ME485
2 BEc Subjects ME487 ME488 ME496 3 units Elective
Bachelor of Mathematics Bachelor of Engineering
Mathematics IIA Mathematics IIC Mat211 ME204 ME214 ME231 ME2S1 ME271
Mathematics IlIA GE204 GE20S GE211 ME21S GE32S GE361
BMath Sub - PI III ME316 ME333 ME343 ME381 ME383 ME482 ME483
GE301 ME484 ME485 ME487 ME488 ME496 5 units Elective
Bachelor of Science
Bachelor of Engineering
Mathematics ITA BSc Subj - Part I Mat211 ME204 ME214 ME231 ME2S1 ME271
2 BSc Sub - Part II GE204 GE20S GE211 ME21S GE32S GE361
BSc Subj - Part II BSc Subj - Part 1lI ME361 ME333 ME343 ME381 ME383 ME482
GE301 ME483 ME484 ME485 ME487 ME488 ME496 5 units Elective
99
SECTION SEVEN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING COMBINED DEGREE PROGRAMMES
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
The following combined courses leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering (BE) in the specialty of Mechanical Engineering, and the degree of Bachelor of Arts (BA), Bachelor of Commerce (BCom). Bachelor of Economics (BEe), Bachelor of Mathematics (BMath) or Bachelor of Science (BSc) are to be submitted to the relevant Faculty Boards.
Year I Identical to Year I of the Approved Programme for the RE. in Industrial Engineering. except that Physics IA is recommended in place of Physics IB for the BMath/BE and BSc/BE combined degrees.
Bachelor of Bachelor of Bachelor of Bachelor of Bachelor of Arts Commerce Economics Mathematics Science
Bachelor of Bachelor of Bachelor of Bachelor of Bachelor of Engineering Engineering Engineering Engineering Engineering
Year II Arts Subj - Part I Accounting I Economics I Mathematics IIA Mathematics lIB Mathematics IIA Mathematics IIA Mathematics lIA Mathematics IIC BSe Subject - Pt I Mat2lI Economics I IQM Mat2lI Mat2lI ME204 Mat2lI Mat2lI ME204 ME204 ME214 ME214 ME214 ME214 ME214 ME231 ME231 ME231 ME231 ME231 ME2S1 ME2S1 ME2S1 ME2S1 ME2S1 ME271 ME271 ME271 ME271 ME271
Year III Arts Subj - Part I IQM Economics II Mathematics IlIA 2 BSc Sub - Part II Arts Subj - Part II 2 BCom Subjects 2 BEe Subjects GE204 GE204 GE204 GE204 GE204 GE20S GE20S GE205 GE20S GE20S GE21I GE21I GE21I ME204 ME204 Mat3lI Mat3lI Mat31I ME21S ME21S ME21S ME21S ME21S ME30S ME30S ME30S ME333 ME333 ME333
Year IV Arts Subj - Part III 2 BCom Subjects 2 BEe Subjects BMath Sub - Pt III BSc Subj - Part II Arts SubPt II or III GE21I GE21I GE361 BSc Subj - Part III GE361 GE361 GE361 ME316 GE361 ME316 Mat3lI Mat3lI ME343 ME316 ME343 ME30S ME30S ME3S3 ME343 ME313 ME316 ME316 ME313
ME3S3 ME3S3
Year V GE301 1 BCom Subject 1 BEe Subject GE301 GE301 ME3S3 ME353 ME353 ME313 ME353 ME413 ME313 ME313 ME413 ME413 ME496 ME413 ME413 ME496 ME496 7 units Elective ME496 ME496 7 units Elective 7 units Elective
2 units Elective 2 units Elective
100
SECTION SEVEN SURVEYING COMBINED DEGREE PROGRAMMES
BACHELOR OF SURVEYING
The following combined courses leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Surveying (BSurv) and the degree of Bachelor of Engineering (BE) in the Specialisation of Civil Engineering or Bachelor Mathematics (BMath) are to be submitted to the relevant Faculty Boards.
Year I Identical to Year I of the Approved Programme for the BSurv.
Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Surveying
Year II CE212 CE213 CE223] CE224 CE231 CE232
Year III CE314 CE315 CE316 CE324 CE32S CE333
Year IV Chemistry IS GE2S0 SV214 SV291 SV292
Year V CE411 CE426 CE442 CE443 CE4S2 CE453
(Civil Engineering)
EM2CO GE205 SV213 SV232 SV233
CE334 CE341 CE3S1 CE372 CE381 either GE301 or SV371
SV333 SV334 SV3S1 SV361 SV413
CE454 SV393 SV416 SV441 SV481 SV472
Bachelor of Mathematics Bachelor of Surveying
Year II Bachelor of Surveying Programme less EM2CO plus Mathematics IIA
Year III Bachelor of Surveying Programme
Year IV Bachelor of Surveying Programme less 3 units of Elective plus Part II subject from BMath Schedule A
2 part III subjects from BMath Schedule A
101
SECTION EIGHT
REGULATIONS GOVERNING DIPLOMAS 1. General 1. These Regulations are made in accordance with the powers vested in the Council under By-law 5.2.1 and prescribe the conditions and requirements relating to the Diploma in Industrial Engineering and the Diploma in Surveying.
2. Definitions
(1) In these Regulations and the Schedules thereto, unless the context or subject matter otherwise indicates or requires:
"course" means the toW requirements as prescribed in the schedule to qualify a candidate for the award of the Diploma;
"D e an" means the Dean of the Faculty of Engineering;
"Department" means the department or departments offering a particular subject and includes any other body doing so;
"Diploma" means the Diploma in Industrial Engineering or the Diploma in Surveying as the case maybe;
"Faculty Board" means the Faculty Board, Faculty of Engineering;
"responsible department" means the department designated as such in the schedule;
"Schedule" means the Schedule to these Regulations relevant to the diploma in which a person is enrolled or proposing to enrol;
"subject" means any part of the course for which a result may be recorded.
(2) The unit value of a subject for the purposes of these Regulations shall be detennined by the Faculty Board.
Admission and Enrolment
3.(I)To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shaH have satisfied the requirements for admission specified in the Schedule.
(2) Applic~tion for admission to candidature shall be considered by the Faculty Board which may approve or reject any application.
4.(1) In any year a candidate shall enrol only in those subjects approved by the Dean or his nominee.
(2) A candidate will not be permitted to enrol in any subject which is deemed by the Faculty Board to be substantially equivalent to one which he has previously counted towards a degree or diploma.
S. Standing
(1) The Faculty Board. on the recommendation of the Head of the responsible department. may grant a candidate standing in the course in recognition of work completed in this University or elsewhere on such conditions as the Faculty Board may detennine.
102
POSTGRADUATE DEGREE REGULATIONS
(2) The standing granted under this regulation shall not exceed the unit value specified in the schedule.
6. Prerequisites and Corequisites
(1) The Faculty Board. on the recommendation of the Head of Department. may prescribe prerequisites and/or corequisites for a subject.
(2) Except with the approval of the Dean, a candidate may not enrol in a subject unless he or she has passed any subject prescribed as its prerequisite and has already passed or concurrently enrols in or is already enrolled in any subject prescribed as its corequisite.
7. Withdrawal
(1) A candidate may withdraw from enrolment in a subject or the Diploma only by infonning the Secretary to the University in writing and the withdrawal shall take effect from the date of receipt of such notification.
(2) A candidate who withdraws from any subject after 'he relevant date shall be deemed to have failed in that subject unless granted permission by the Dean to withdraw without penalty. The relevant date shall be:
(a) in the case of any subject offered only in the first half of the academic year, the last Monday of fIrst term;
(b) in the case of any subject offered only in the second half of the academic year, the fourth Monday of third tenn;
(c) in the case of any other subject the last Monday of second tenn.
8. Subject Requirements
(1) To complete a subject. a candidate shall attend such lectures, tutorials, seminars. laboratory classes and field work and submit such written or other work as the Department shall require.
(2) To pass a subject a candidate shall complete it and pass such examinations as the Faculty Board shall require.
9. Grading of Diploma
The Diploma shall be awarded in one grade only.
10. Award of Diploma
To qualify for the award of the Diploma, a candidate shall enrol and satisfy the requirements prescribed in the Schedule.
11. Exceptional Circumstances
In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in a particular case, the Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty Board may relax any provision of these Regulations.
SCHEDULE I - DIPLOMA IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
1. For the purposes of these Regulations the responsible department for the Diploma shall be the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
SECTION EIGHT
2.(1) To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall:
(a) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree in the University of NewcastIe; or
(b) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree in another university recognised for this purpose by the Faculty Board; or
(c) hold such other qualifications approved by the Faculty Board for the purpose of admission to candidature.
(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of sub-section (1), the Faculty Board may require an applicant to complete such prerequisite and/or corequisite studies as it may prescribe.
3.(1) To qualify for the award of the Diploma. a candidate shall pass a programme of subjects approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the responsible department totalling not less than twelve units.
(2) The programme referred to in subsection (1) shall contain two units of study comprising the investigation of and report on a project specified by the Head of the responsible department
4. Standing granted to a candidate under Regulation 5 of these Regulations shall not exceed six units. except that a candidate who has transferred from the Master of Engineering Science degree course may be granted standing in subjects equivalent to the unit value of those subjects completed while the candidate was enrolled in the degree course.
5. Except with the permission of the Faculty Board. the course shall not be completed in less than two years of pantime study.
SCHEDULE 2 - DIPLOMA IN SURVEYING
1. For the purposes of these Regulations the responsible department for the Diploma shall be the Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying.
2.(1) To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall:
(a) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree in the University of Newcastle; or
(b) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree in another university recognised for this purpose by the Faculty Board; or
(c) have Registration as a Land Surveyor. or hold the issue of a Certificate of Competency, by any of the Boards of Surveyors of Australia or New Zea1and;or
(d) hold such other qualifications approved by the Faculty Board for the purpose of admission to candidature.
(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of sub-section (1) the Faculty Board may require an applicant to complete such prerequisite and/or corequisite studies as it may prescribe.
3. To qualify for the award of the Diploma. a candidate shall pass a progmmme of subjects approved by the Faculty Board
POSTGRADUATE DEGREE REGULATIONS
on the recommendation of the Head of the responsible department totalling not less than twelve units.
4. Standing granted to a candidate under Regulation 5 of these Regulations f;hall not exceed four units.
5. Except with the permission of the Faculty Board. the course shall not be completed in less than two years of part. time study.
APPROVED SUBIECTS Diploma in Industrial Engineering
Students enrolling in the Diploma in Industrial Engineering may select their programme from the following list of subjects:
Units ME381 MethodS Engineering I ME383 Quality Engineering I ME422 Maintenance Engineering 1 ME481 Engineering Administration 1 ME482 Engineering Economics I 1 ME483 Production Scheduling I ME484 Engineering Economics II 1 ME485 Numerical Control and Computer
Aided Manufacturing ME487 Operations Research - Fundamental
Techniques ME488 Operations Research - Planning,
Inventory Control and Management 1 ME582 Industrial Computations 1 ME681 Industrial Law 3 ME684 Project 2
The above list of subjects is for use simply as a guide in the selection of a programme. The list is not exhaustive. Students may. if they wish. select other ME400/500 level subjects or subjects offered by departments other than the Department of Mechanical Engineering. Please note that the programme selected must be approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
Diploma in Surveying
The Faculty Board has approved the subjects listed below for inclusion in the Diploma programme.
CE351 CE372 CE474 SV313 SV314 SY334 SV351 SV361 SV371 SV393 SV416 SV441 SV452 SV462 SV465 SV472 SV473 SV475
Civil Engineering Systems I Transportation Engineering Highway Engineering Surveying 1I1 Hydrographic Surveying Survey Computations III Geodesy I Photogrammetry I Principles of Economics Land Boundary Deftnitions Surveying IV Astronomy GeodesyU Photogrammetry II Advanced Cartography Land Valuation Town Planning Survey Management and Planning
Units I I I 2 I I 2 2 2 I 2 2 I I I I 2 I 103
SECTION EIGHT
SV582 Project 2 4 4
Geography lIB Economics I
Note: A ten day live-in Survey Camp is included as part of SV313.
REGULATIONS GOVERNING MASTER DEGREES
Part 1 - General 1.(1) These Regulations. including the Schedules thereto,
prescribe the conditions and requirements relating to the degrees of Master of Architecture, Master of Arts, Master of Commerce, Master of Education. Master of Educational Studies. Master of Engineering. Master of Engineering Science, Master of Mathematics. Master of Psychology (Clinical), Master of Psychology (Educational), Master of Science, Master of Medical Science, Master of Scientific Studies, Master of Special Education and Master of Surveying.
(2) In these Regulations and -the Schedules thereto, unless the context or subject matter otherwise indicates or requires: "Faculty Board It means the Faculty Board of the Faculty responsible for the course in which a person is enrolled or is proposing to enrol; "programme" means the programme of research and study prescribed in the Scbedule;
"Schedule" means the Schedule of these Regulations pertaining to the course in which a person is enrolled or is proposing to enrol; and
"thesis"means any thesis or dissertation submitted by a candidate.
(3) These Regulations shall not apply to degrees conferred honoris causa.
(4) A degree of Master shall be conferred in one grade only.
2. An application for admission to candidature (or a degree of Master shall ~ made on the prescribed fonn and lodged with the SecretarY to the University by the prescribed date.
3.(1) To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall:
(a)(i) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree of Bachelor in the University of Newcastle as specified in the Schedule; or
(ii) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree or equivalent qualification, approved for the purpose by the Faculty Board in another tertiary institution; or
(iii) have such other qualifications and experience as may be approved by the Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty Board or otherwise as may be specified in the Schedule; and
(b)have satisfied such other requirements as may be specified in the Schedule.
(2) Unless otherwise specified in the Schedule, applications for admission to candidature shall be
I()4
POSTGRADUATE DEGREE REGULATIONS
considered by the Faculty Board which may approve or reject any application.
(3) An applicant shall not be admitted to candidature unless adequate supervision and facilities are available. Whether these are available shall be determined by the Faculty Board unless the Schedule otherwise provides.
4. To qualify for admission to a degree of Master a candidate shall enrol and satisfy the requirements of these Regulations including the Schedule.
S.The programme shall be carried out-(a) under the guidance of a supervisor or supervisors either
appointed by the Faculty Board or as otherwise prescribed in the Schedule; or
(b) as the Faculty Board may otherwise detennine.
6. Upon request by a candidate the Faculty Board may grant leave of absence from the course. Such leave shall not be taken into account in calculating the period for the programme prescribed in the Schedule.
7.(1) A candidate may withdraw from a subject or course only by informing the Secretary to the University in writing and such withdrawal shall take effect from the date of receipt of such notification.
(2) A candidate who withdraws from any subject after the relevant date shall be deemed to have failed in that subject unless granted permission by the Dean to withdraw without penalty. The relevant date shall be:
(a) in the case of a subject offered in the flrst half of the academic year - the last Monday in first term;
(b) in the case of a subject offered in the second half of the academic year - the fourth Monday in third term;
(c) in the case of any other subject - the last Monday in second term.
8.(1) If the Faculty Board is of the opinion that the candidate is not making satisfactory progress towards the degree then it may terminate the candidature or place such conditions on its continuation as it deems flt .
(2) For the purpose of assessing a candidate's progress, the Faculty Board may require any candidate to submit a report or reports on his progress.
(3) A candidate against whom a decision of the FacuIty Board has been made under Regulation 8(1) of these Regulations may request that the Faculty Board cause his case to be reviewed. Such request shall be made to the Dean of the Faculty within seven days from the date of posting to the candidate the advice of the Faculty Board's decision or such further period as the Dean may accept
(4) A candidate may appeal to the Vice-Chancellor against any decision made following the review under Regulation 8(3) of these Regulations.
9. In exceptional circumstances arising in a particular case, the Senate, on the recommendation of the Faculty Board, may relax any provision of these Regulations.
SECTION EIGHT
Part II - Examination and Results
10. The Examination Regulations approved from time to time by the Council shall apply to all examinations with respect to a degree of Master with the exception of the examination of a thesis which shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of Regulations 12 to 16 inclusive of these Regulations.
11. The Faculty Bo~d shall consider the results in subjects, the reports of exammers and any other recommendations prescribed in the Schedule and shall decide:
(a) to recommend to the Council that the candidate be admitted to the degree; or
(b) in a case where a thesis has been submitted, to permit the candidate to resubmit an amended thesis within twelve months of the date on which the candidate is advised of the result of the first examination or within such longer period of time as the Faculty Board may prescribe; or
(c) to require the candidate to undertake such further oral, written or practical examinations as the Faculty Board may prescribe; or
(d) not to recommend that the candidate be admitted to the degree, in which case the candidature shall be terminated.
Part III - Provisions Relating to Theses
12.(1) The subject of a thesis shaU be approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department in which the candidate is carrying out his research.
(2) The thesis shaH not contain as its main content any work or material which has previously been submitted by the candidate for a degree in any tertiary institution unless the Faculty Board otherwise permits.
13. The candidate shall give to the Secretary to the University three months' written notice of the date he expects to submit a thesis and such notice shall be accompanied by any prescribed fee.3
14.(1) The candidate shall comply with the following provision concerning the presentation of a thesis:
(a) the thesis shall contain an abstract of approximately 200 words describing its content;
(b) the thesis shall be typed and bound in a manner prescribed by the University;
(c) three copies of the thesis shall be submitted together with:
(i) a certificate signed by the candidate that the main content of the thesis has not been submitted by the candidate for a degree of any other tertiary institution; and (ii) a certificate signed by the supervisor indicating whether the candidate has completed the programme and whether the thesis is of sufficient academic merit to warrant examination; and
3 At present lhere is no fee payable.
POSTGRADUATE DEGREE REGULATIONS
(iii) if the candidate so desires, any documents or published work of the candidate whether bearing on the subject of the thesis or not.
(2) The Faculty Board shall detennine the course of action to be taken should the certificate of the supervisor indicate that in the opinion of the supervisor the thesis is not of sufficient academic merit to warrant examination.
15. The University shall be entitled to retain the submitted copies of the thesis, accompanying documents and published work. The University shall be free to allow the thesis to be consul.ted or borrowed and, subject to the provisions of the Copyright Act, 1968 (Com.), may issue it in whole or any part in photocopy or microfilm or other copying medium.
16.(1) For each candidate two examiners, at least one of whon:a shall be an external examiner (being a person who IS not a member of the staff of the University) shall be appointed either by the Faculty Board or otherwise as prescribed in the Schedule.
(2) If the ~xaminers' reports are such that the Faculty Board IS unable to make any decision pursuant to Regulation 11 of these Regulations, a third examiner shall be appointed either by the Faculty Board or otherwise as prescribed in the Schedule.
SCHEDULE 6 - MASTER OF ENGINEERING
1. The Faculty of Engineering shall be responsible for the course leading to the degree of Master of Engineering.
2. To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall:
(a) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree with honours in the University of Newcastle or other university approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board in the area in which he proposes to carry out his research; or
(b) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree in the University of Newcastle or other university approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board and have completed to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board such work and such examinations as detennined by the Faculty Board; or
(c) in exceptional cases produce evidence of possessing such other qualifications as may be approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department in which the candidate proposes to carry out his programme.
3. To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall complete to the satisfaction of the FacuIty Board a programme consisting of:
(a) such work and examinations as may be prescribed by !he Faculty Board; and
(b) a thesis embodying the results of an original investigation or design.
4. The programme shall be completed:
(a) in not less than two academic years except that, in the case of a candidate who has completed the requirements for a degree of Bachelor with honours or a qualification deemed by the FacuIty Board to be equivalent or who
105
SECTION EIGHT
has had previous research experience. the Faculty Board may reduce this period to not less than one academic year; and
(b) except with the permission of the Faculty Board, not more than 5 years.
5. Except with the permission of the Faculty Board a candidate shall take part in research seminars within the Department in which he is carrying out his research.
SCHEDULE 7 - MASTER OF ENGINEERING SCIENCE
1. The Faculty of Engineering shall be responsible for the course leading to the degree of Master of Engineering Science. 2. To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall:
(a) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a four year full-time or equivalent part-time Bachelor's degree in Engineering or Metallurgy from the University of Newcastle or any other approved university; or
(b) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a three year full-time or equivalent part-time Bachelor's degree of the University of Newcastle or any other approved university and have completed to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board such work and examinations as determined by the Faculty Board; or
(c) in exceptional cases produce evidence of such academic and professional attainments as may be approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of Department in which the applicant proposes to carry out the programme.
3.(1) A candidate shall nominate the Department in which it is proposed to pursue the programme.
(2) The Head of such Department shall make recommendations to Faculty Board as to:
(a) the candidate's suitability for admission to candidature;
(b) the adequacy of facilities for supervision of the proposed programme;
(c) the 'supervisor or supervisors who should be appointed to supervise the candidate's programme.
4. To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall complete a programme of study comprising subjects totalling 12 units as may be prescribed by the Faculty Board. NOlless than two nor more than four of such units shall comprise the investigation of and report on a project specified by the supervisor or supervisors con~
5. A candidate may be granted standing by the Faculty Board on such conditions as the Faculty Board may determine in up to six units in recognition of work completed in this University or elsewhere.
6.(1) The programme shall be completed in nolless than one academic year in the case of a full-time candidate or not less than two academic years in the case of a part-time candidate.
(2) Except with the permission of the Faculty Board, the programme shall be completed in not more than two
106
POSTGRADUATE DEGREE REGULATIONS
years in the case of a full-time candidate and not more than three years in the case of a part-time candidate.4
SCHEDULE II _ MASTER OF SCIENCE
1. A candidate for the degree of Master of Science may be enrolled in either the Faculty of Engineering or the Faculty of Science. The Faculty in which the candidate is enrolled shall be responsible for the programme.
2. (I) To be eligible for admission to candidature in the Faculty of Science an applicant shall:
(a) have satisfied all the requirements for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Science with honours Class I or Class II of the University of Newcastle or to a degree, approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board, of this or any other university; or
(b) have satisfied al·1 the requirements for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Science of the University of Newcastle or other approved university and have completed such work and passed such examinations as the Faculty Board may have determined and have achieved a standard at least equivalent to that required for admission to a degree of bachelor with second class honours in an appropriate subject, or
(c) in exceptional cases produce evidence of possessing such other qualifications as may be approved by ~he Faculty Board on ~he recommendation of the Head of the Department in which the applicant proposes to carry out the programme.
(2) To be eligible for admission to candidature in the Faculty of Engineering an applicant shall:
(a) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree with honours in the University of Newcastle or other university approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board in the area in which he proposes to carry out his research; or (b) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree in the University of Newcastle or other Wliversity approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board and have completed to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board such work and examinations as determined by the Faculty Board; or
(c) in exceptional cases produce evidence of possessing such other qualifications as may be approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Deparunent in which the candidate proposes to carry out his programme.
3. To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall complete to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board a programme consisting of:
(a) such work and examinations as may be prescribed by the Faculty Board; and
4 For 1~1 of approved M.Eng.Sc. subjects see page 107 of 'h~ Handbook.
SECTION EIGHT
(b) a thesis embodying the results of an original inv~tigation or design.
4. The programme shall be completed:-
(a) in not less than two academic years except that, in the case of a candidate who has completed the requirements for a degree of Bachelor with honours or a qualification deemed by the Faculty Board to be equivalent or who has had previous research experience, the Faculty Board may reduce this period not less than one academic year; IRI
(b) except with the pennission of the Faculty Board in not more than 5 years.
5.(1) Ex~ept with the permission of the Faculty Board, which shall be given only in special circumstances, a part-time candidate enrolled in the Faculty of Science shall:
(a) conduct the major proportion of the research or design work in the University; and
(b) take part in research seminars within the Department in which he is carrying out his research.
(2) Exc~pt with the permission of the Faculty Board, a candidate enrolled in the Faculty of Engineering shall take part in the research seminars within the Department in which he is carrying out his research.
SCHEDULE 15 - MASTER OF SURVEYING
1. The Faculty of Engineering shall be responsible for the course leading to the degree of Master of Surveying.
2. To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall:
(a) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree in Surveying with honours in the University of Newcastle or other university approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board; or
(b) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree in the University of Newcastle or other tertiary institution approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board and have completed to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board such work and such examinations as detennined by the Faculty Board; or
(c) in exceptional cases produce evidence of possessing such other qualifications as may be approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying.
3. To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall complete to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board a programme consisting of:
(a) such work and examinations as may be prescribed by the Faculty Board; and
(b) a thesis embodying the results of an original investigation or design.
4. The programme shall be completed:
(a) in not less than two academic years except that, in the case of a candidate who has completed the requirements for a degree of Bachelor with honours or a qualification deemed by the Faculty Board to be equivalent or who
POSTGRADUATE DEGREE REGULATIONS
has had previous research experience, the Faculty Board may reduce this period to not less than one academic year; and
(b) except with the permission of the Faculty Board, in not more than five years.
5. Except with the permission of the Faculty Board a candidate shall take part in research seminars within the Departtnent of Civil Engineering and Surveying.
Approved Master of Engineering Science Subjects
The following subjects have been approved for inclusion in the Master of Engineering Science course programme. Not all subjects will be offered in anyone year. For details of which subjects will be offered in 1988 consult the Department concerned
Electrical and Computer Engineering EE5l3 Power System Analysis and Operation EE516 Advanced Power Systems EE517 Variable Speed Drive Systems EE525 Microprogrammed and Microprocessor
Systems I EE526 Advanced Digital Systems 1 EE527 VLSI and Design Automation 1 EE541 Advanced Digital Signal Processing I EE542 Systems Theory I EE543 Optimization Techniques 1 EE545 Advanced Communication Systems 1 EE547 Digital Communications 1 EE551 Electromagnetic Propagation and Antennas I EE562 Topics in Switching Theory I EE563 Computer Operating Systems 1 EE564 Compiler Construction I EE566 Automata Theory I EE567 Computer Process Control I EE568 Advanced Computer Architecture I BE5S0 Project 2 BE5S0 Project 3 EE5S0 Project 4 BE590 Seminar I EE641 Adaptive Control I EE642 Stochastic Control I EE661 Estimation and System Identification I
Mechanical and Industrial Engineering ME503 Design of Experiments for Engineering
R~h I ME505 Advanced Numerical Programming 1 ME507 Environmental Engineering 1 ME509 Introduction to Noise Pollution Control 1 ME510 Advanced Design Concepts I ME514 Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing I ME519 Bulk Materials Handling Systems I I ME520 Bulk Materials Handling Systems II I ME521 Conveying of Bulk Solids I ME522 Maintenance Engineering 1 ME545 Mechanics of Solids III I ME553 Fluid Mechanics III I ME554 Computation of Fluid Flows and Heat
Transfer ME573 Thermodynamics III
107
SECTION EIGHT
Mechanical and Industrial Engineering ME574 Heat TllUlSfer IT ME581 Mathematical Programming 11 ?v1ES82 Industrial Computations ME583 Production Scheduling ME584 Engineering Economics II ME585 Numerical Control and Computer
Aided Manufacturing ME587 Operations Research -- Fundamental
TecJmiques ME588 Operations Research -- Planning,
Inventory Control and Management Simulation
Cotinued I I I I I
I
ME589 ME609 ME610 ME621
Vibration and Noise Problems in Industry Advanced Design Concepts II
I I I I
Materials Handling and Transportation Systems
ME653 Turbulent Flows ME654 Computation of Fluid Flow and Heat
Transfer ME681 ME684 ME685 ME687 ME688
ME697 ME698 ME699
Industrial Law Project Advanced Operations Research Modelling of Management Problems Probabilistic Models in Operations Research Peojecl/Seminar Project/Seminar Project/Seminar
Coal Technology
I 3 2 I I
I 2 3 4
ChE511 Coal Combustion 2 ChE512 Coal Technology 2 ChESl3 FumaceEngineering 2 GE50l Air Pollution Studies I GE502 Coal Analysis and Properties I GE503 Mineral Matters in Coal 2 GE504 Coal Preparation 2 GE505 Metallurgical Aspects of Coal Utilisation 2 GE506 Mining Geology 2
Candidates may. if they wish, select subjects offered in other Faculties subject to the approval of the Faculty Board, Faculty of Engirfeering.
108
POSTGRADUATE DEGREE REGULATIONS SECTION NINE BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING SUBJECT COMPUTER NUMBERS
The following subject computer numbers are presented as an aid in the completion of enrolment and variation of programme forms. They are set out in the following course order.
Chemical Engineering - BE Programme Civil Engineering - BE Programme Electrical and Computer Engineering - B E Programmes Mechanical and Industrial Engineering - BE Programmes Materials Engineering _ BE Programme
Metallurgy - BMet and BSc(Met) Programmes
Surveying - BSurv Programme MEngSc Subjects
Note: (1) The computer numbers of Approved Elective Subjects
available in other faculties are given in the list of those subjects at the end of Section 6 of this Handbook.
(2) Transition Subjects are marked·.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING - BE SUBJECTS
Computer Subject Name Number
First Year Subjects
511108 ChEI41 Industrial Process Principles
511109
511110
511111
501102 Science
661100
721100
741200
741300
Stcond
512224
512231
512225 Design
512230
512226
512232
512228
512229
722200
722400
·ChE151 Industrial Chemical Processes and Equipment
'ChE152
ChEI53
GEI51
Year Subjects
Industrial Process Design I
Chemical and Manufacturing Processes Introduction to Materials
Mathematics I
Chemistry I Physics IA Physicsm
'ChE241 Process Analysis I
ChE242 Process Aoaiysi, I
·ChE251 Structures and Pressure Vessel
ChE252 Chemistry Laboratory
·ChE261 Separation Processes I ChE262 Transfer Processes I 'ChE272 Fluid Mechanics
ChE291 Laboratory
Chemistry lIA
Chemistry lIC
662110 Equations 662111 Algebra
EM2CO Vector Calculus and Differential
EM2BD Complex Analysis and Linear
Third Year Subjects
513244 'ChE3oo Selected Topics in Chemical Engineering
513109
513238
513226
513227
513228
513229
513239
513231
513240
513232
513233
513234
513241
513242
513236
513243
'ChE342
ChE343
Process Analysis II Process Analysis II
·ChE351 Equipment Design ·ChE352 Process Engineering ·ChE353 Process Economics
*ChE354 Electrochemistry and Corrosion ChE355 Transfer Processes II 'ChE362 Solids Handling and Minerals
ChE363
ChE371
ChE372
ChE373
ChE374
ChE383
ChE39 I
ChE392
Processing Separation Processes Kinetics and Thermodynamics Fuel Technology I
Furnace Heat Transfer
Theory of Metallurgical Processes Modelling of Processes Lahoratory
Extractive Metallurgy Lahoratory
Fourth Year Subjects
514153 ChE400 Special Topic
514125
514126
514149
514127
514129
514130
514131
514132
514133
514135
514136
514137
514150
514138
514139
514140
514143
514141
ChE452
'ChE462
ChE463
'ChE471
ChE473
ChE474
ChE475
ChE476
ChE481
ChE483
ChE484
ChE485
ChE486
ChE490
ChE491
ChE492
ChE493
ChE494
Process Evaluation and Optimization Environmental Control
Safety and Environment Industrial Safety
Radiant Heat Transfer Selected Topics in Heat and Mass Transfer
Advanced Combustion . \
Fluid and Particle Mechanics Advanced Computations Reaction Engineering
Advanced Reaction Engineering Advll11ced Process Control
Process Control Design Project (2 units)
Seminar Research Project Design Project (3 units) Laboratory Project (2 units)
109
SECTION NINE BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING SUBJECT COMPUTER NUMBERS
514142
514144
514151
514145
514152
ChE495 Design Project (2 units)
ChE496 Research Project (4 units)
ChE496P Research Project (4 units)
ChE497 Design Project (4 units)
ChE497P Design Project (4 units)
Industrial Experience Units 511104 ChE002 Industrial Experience
511105
511106
511107
ChEOO3 Industrial Experience
ChEOO4 Industrial Experience
ChEOO5 Industrial Experience
CIVIL ENGINEERING - BE SUBJECTS
First Year Subjects
661100
741200
741300
521105
501103
501102
541104
521110
Second
721900
522113
522Il4
522112
732900
522202
522204
502005
502001
502002
502006
662110
Mathematics I Physics IA Physics IB CEllI Mechanics and Structures GElOl Introduction to Engineering GEI51 Introduction to Materials
Science :MEllI Graphics and Engineering
Drawing
SVllI Surveying I
Year Subjects Chemistry IS
CE212 Mechanics of Solids
CE213 Theory of Structures I
CE224
CE223]
CE231
CE232
GE211
GE204
GE205
GE250
EM2CO
Civil Engineering Materials
Engineering Geology
Fluid Mechanics I Fluid Mechanics II
Theory and Applicatious of Electrical Energy Conversion Engineering Computations I
Engineering Computations II Principles of Electrical Engineering Vector Calculus and Differential Equations
Third Year Subjects 523112 CE314 Theory of Structures II
523118
523113
523102
523114
523306
110
CE315 Structural Design
CE316 Stress Analysis
CE324 Soil Mechanics
CE325 Concrete and Metals Technology
CE333 Fluid Mechanics 1lI
523117
523115
523119
523108
523116
503001
Fourth
524065
524073
524074
524066
524075
524076
524068
524067
524069
524070
524071
524072
524080
524077
524078
524048
524049
CE334
CE341
CE351
CE372
CE381
GE301
Year Subjects
CE417
CE418
CE419
CE426
CE427
CE435
CE442
CE443
CE452
CE453
CE454
CE455
CE473
CE474
CE482
CE490
CE491
Open Channel Hydraulics
Hydrology
Civil Engineering Systems Transportation Engineering
Statistical Methods Technology and Human ValuesI
Theory of Structures ill
Masonry and Timber Design
Dynamics and Slability of Structures
Geotechnical Engineering
Rock Mechanics River and Coastal Engineering Public Health Engineering
Water Resources Engineering Civil Engineering Management Civil Engineering Construction Civil Engineering Design
Project
Engineering Surveying II Highway Engineering
Finite Element Methods Special Topic
Special Topic
Industrial Experience Units
521092
521093
521094
521095
CE092
CE093
CE094
CE095
Industrial Experience
Industrial Experience
Industrial Experience
Industriaal Experience
ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING - BE SUBJECTS
First Year S ubjeets
661100
741200
521105
531206
531208
531207
501103
501102
541104
Mathematics I
Physics IA CElli Mechanics and Structures
EEloo Electrical and Computer Engineering I
"'EE13IT CircuitFundamentaIs *EE161T Introduction to Computer
Technology
GEIOI
GEI51
MEllI
Introduction to Engineering
Introduction to Materials Science Graphics and Engineering Drawing
SECTION NINE BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING SUBJECT COMPUTER NUMBERS
Second Year Subjects
681100
662100
662102
662109
662104
532202
532120
532121
532122
532113
532114
532116
532119
742101
542214
542305
Third Year
682100
533103
533201
533106
533111
533120
533117
533118
533119
533113
533150
533222
533170
533208
503003
503006
543116
542210
534148
534124
Computer Science I Mathematics lJA
Topic B Topic CO
Topic D
EE200 Electrical Engineering II "'EE211T Electro-Mechanical Energy
Conversion *EE221T Semiconductor Devices *EE232T Electrical Circuits
*EE262 Systematic Programming
*EE263 Introduction to Structuring of Infonnation
*EE264 Introduction to Computer An;hitecture and Assembly Language
EE265 Electrical Engineering Computation
Ph221 Electromagnetics and Quantum Mechanics
'ME231 Dynamics
*ME232 Dynamics of Machines I
Subjects
Computer Science II
EE310 Power and Machines
'EE313
'EE314
'EE315
EE320
'EE323
'EE324
'EE326
'EE344
EE350
*EE362
EE370
'EE380
'GE325
GE361
ME309
'ME251
'EE451
'EE463
Power Systems Electrical Machines Power Electronics Electronics Linear Electronics I
Linear Electronics II
Digital Design and Technology Communications Communications
Switching Theory and Logic Design Computer Engineering II
Project/Directed Reading
Microprocessor Systems and Applications
Automatic Control Mechanical Engineering Science Fluid Mechanics I Electromagnetic Propagation and Antennas Computer Operating Systems
Fourth
533116
534152
534149
534146
534153
534109
534110
534147
534154
534134
534155
534156
534157
534151
534158
534159
530148
Year Subjects 'EE345
EE410
'EE413
'EE417
EE420
'EE421
'EE422
'EE426
EE440
'EE447
EE450
EE460
EE470
EE483
EE484
Digital Signal Processing
Advanced Power and Machines Power Systems Analysis and Operations
Variable Speed Drive Systems
Advanced Electronics Electronic Design A
Electronic Design B
Advanced Digital Systems Advanced Control
Digital Communications
Advanced Communications Computer Software
Computer Systems
Computer Engineering Project Electrical Engineering Project
EE485 Seminar
'EE525 Microprognunmed and Microprocessor Systems
Industrial Experience Units 531302 EE092 Industrial Experience
Industrial Experience
Industrial Experience
Industrial Experience
531303
531304
531305
EE093
EE094
EE095
MECHANICAL AND INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING - BE SUBJECTS
First Year Subjects
661100
741200
741300
521105
531206
531205
501103
501102
541104
Second
662112
662110
502001
502002
632100
Mathematics I Physics IA
PhYSics m CElli Mechanics and Structures
Electrical and Computer Engineering I
EEloo
'EE130
GEIOI
GEI51
MElli
Year Subjects
EM2AS
EM2CO
GE204
GE205
Introduction to Electrical Engineering
Introduction to Engineering Introduction to Materials Science
Graphics and Engineering Drawing
Applied Slatistics
Vector Calculus and Differential Equations Engineering Computations I Engineering Computations II
Mat211 Selection and Use of Materials III
SECTION NINE BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING SUBJECT COMPUTER NUMBERS
542206
542207
542211
542208
542105
542213
542214
542305
542210
542205
*ME201 Experimental Methods I
*ME203 Experimental Mathods IT ME204 Experimental Methods 1
*ME212 Engineering Design I
ME214 Mechanics of Solids I
:tvJE215 Mechanical Engineering Design I
ME231 Dynamics
*ME232 Dynamics of Machines I ME251 Fluid Mechanics I
ME27l Thennodynamics I
Third and Fourth Year Subjects 502005 GE211 Theory and Applications of
503001
503003
503006
633100
543112
543113
543115
543109
543110
543114
543202
543111
543501
543502
543503
544481
544453
544424
544426
544109
544107
544108
544469
544472
112
GE301
GE325
Electrical Energy Conversion
Technology and Human Values!
Microprocessor Systems and Applications
GE361 Automatic Control
Mat3I! Selection and Use of Materials II
ME305 Experimental Methods II
ME316 Mechanical Engineering Design II
ME333 Dynamics of Machines ME343 Mechanics of Solids II
*ME352
ME353
*ME372
ME373
ME381
ME383
1,1E384
ME405
ME407
ME409
ME410
ME413
fluid Mechanics II fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer Heat Transfer Thennodynamics II Methods Engineering Quality Engineering Design for Production
Advanced Numerical Programming Environmental Engineering Introduction to Noise Pollution Control Advanced Design Concepts I Mechanical Engineering Design III
ME414A Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing
ME414B Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing
ME419 Bulk Materials Handling Systems I
ME420 Bulk Materials Handling Systems II
544473
544110
544482
544475
544476
544477
544478
544101
544433
544470
544464
544466
544467
544468
544203
544479
544480
ME421
ME422
ME444
ME445
ME453
ME473
ME474
ME481
ME482
ME483
ME484
ME485
ME487
ME488
ME496
ME497
ME498
Conveying of Bulk: Solids Maintenance Engineering
Fracture Mechanics
Mechanics of Solids III
Fluid Mechanics III
Thennodynamics III
Heat Transfer n Engineering Administration
Engineering Economics I
Production Scheduling
Engineering Economics II Numerical Control and Computer Aided Manufacturing
Operations Research -Fundamental Techniques
Operations ResearchPlanning Inventory Control and Management Project/Seminar
Project/Directed Reading (2 units)
Project/Directed Reading (I unit)
Industrial Experience Units
541302
541303
541304
541307
541308
ME092 Industrial Experience ME093 Industrial Experience
ME094 Industrial Experience ME097 Industrial Experience (2 units) ME098 Industrial Experience (2 units)
MATERIALS ENGINEERING - BE SUBJECTS
First Year Subjects 661100
721100
741200
741300
521105
501103
501102
541104
Second
662110
662111
502001
502002
Mathematics I Chemistry I Physics IA Physicsm CEllI Mechanics and Structures
GEIOI Introduction to Engineering GEISI Introduction to Materials
Science MEllI Graphics and Engineering
Drawing
Year Subjects EM2CO Vector Calculus and Differential Equations EM2BD Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra
GE204 Engineering Computations I GE20S Engineering Computations II
SECTION NINE BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING SUBJECT COMPUTER NUMBERS
632203
632205
632100
542105
542213
Mat203
Mat205
Mat211
ME214
ME215
Materials Engineering I
Materials Engineering Laboratory
Selection and Use of Materials
Mechanics of Solids I Mechanical Engineering Design I
Industrial Experience Units
631003 MalOO3 Industrial Experience
631004
631005
631006
Mat004 Industrial Experience Mat005 Industrial Experienoe
Mat006 Industrial Experience
METALLURGY - BMet SUBJECTS
Second Year Subjects 662110 EM2CO
662111
502003
502004
112214
112241
112251
112261
11227l
112281
EM2BD
GE206
GE207
Met214
Met241
Met251
Met261
Met27l
Met281
Third Year S ubiects
513228 ChE353
113301
113323
113393
113395
113325
113353
113350
113355
113356
113364
113397
113374
113375
Met301
Met311
Met312
Met314
Met322
Met353
Met354
Met355
Met356
Met364
Met373
Met374
Met375
Vector Calculus and Differential Equations
Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra
Computational Methods I Computational Methods II
Theory of Metallurgical Processes I
Microplasticity
Metallography
Extraction Metallurgy
Fabrication Metallurgy
Atomic and Electronic Structure
Process Economics Communication Skills Statistical Design and Optimisation of Metallurgical Processes Modelling and Control of Metallurgical Processes
Theory of Metallurgical Processes II Electrochemistry, Corrosion and Hydrometallurgy
Solidification Processes
Quantitative Metallography Physical Metallurgy
Metallographic Techniques
Refractories
. Polymer Processing Welding and Non-Destructive Testing Industrial Metallurgy
113391
113392 Met391 Physical Metallrgy Laboratory
113367
Met392 Chemical Metallurgy Laboratory
Met392S Furnace Heat Balance
Fourth Year Subjects 114405 Met401 Directed Reading
114406 Met402 Metallurgy Seminar
114438
114437
114414
114454
114452
114453
114481
114482
114490
114483
Industrial
1l1l02
1l1l03
111104
1l1l05
1l1l06
Met411A Metallurgy Computations Met411B Metallurgy Computations
Met414
Met451
Met452
Met453
Met481
Met482
Met490
Met491
Experience
Met092
Met093
Met094
Met095
Met096
Theory of Metallurgical Processes III
Structure of Real Crystals Physical Metallurgy
Metallography
Dislocation Theory
Metal Physics Design Project
Laboratory Project
Units
Industrial Experience
Industrial Experience
Industrial Experience
Industrial Experience Industrial Experience
SURVEYING - BSur. SUBJECTS
First Year Subjects 661100 Mathematics I
Physics IA Physics IB
741200
741300
521105
501103
501102
541104
521110
521111
CEllI Mechanics and Structures
GEIOI Introduction to Engineering GEISI Introduction to Materials
Science MEllI Graphics and Engineering
Drawing SV111 Surveying 1
*SV121 Survey Camp I
Second Year Subjects 522113 CE212 Mechanics of Solids
CE223J Engineering Geology
CE23 I Fluid Mechanics I CE232 Fluid Mechanics II
SV214 Hydrographic Surveying
732900
522202
522204
522412
662110 EM2CO Vector Calculus and Differential Equations
522411 SV213 Surveying II
113
SECTION NINE MASTER OF ENGINEERING SCIENCE SUBJECT COMPUTER NUMBERS
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING SUBJECT COMPUTER NUMBERS CONTINUED
522405 'SY222 Survey Camp II 522407 SY232 Survey Computations I
522409
452109
452110
SY233
SY291
SY292
Third Year Subjects
352200
523333
523102
523115
523119
523108
523116
523305
523325
523328
523329
523334
523331
• 'CE302
CE324
CE341
CE351
CE372
CE381
SY313
SY334
SY351
SY361
SY371
SY393
Fourth Year Subjects
Survey Computations II Introduction to Legal Studies Property and Survey Law
Geogrnphy lIB
Civil Engineering lIS Soil Mechanics
Hydrology Civil Engineering Systems
Transportation Engineering
Statistical Methods Surveyingffi
Survey Computations TIl
Geodesy I Photogrammetry I
Principles of Economics Land Boundary Defmition
524067 CE443 Water Resowces Engineering
524124
524143
524128
524130
524140
524135
524136
524141
SY416
SY441
SY452
SY462
SY465
SY472
SY473
SY475
524133 SY481
Industrial Experience 521070 SY091
521071 SY092
521072 SY093
114
SmveyingIV
Astronomy
Geodesy II
Photogrammetry II Advanced Cartography
LandYaluation
Town Planning Survey Management and Planning
Project Units Industrial Experience
Industrial Experience Industrial Experience
COAL TECHNOLOGY SUBJECTS
510157
510158
510159
500101
500102
500103
500104
500105
500106
540148
540149
540154
ChE511
ChE512
ChE513
GE501
GE502
GE503
GE504
GE505
GE506
ME519
ME520
ME521
Coal Combustion
Coal Technology Furnace Engineering Air pollution Studies I Coal Analysis and Properties
Mineral Matter in Coal Coal Preparation Metallurgical Aspects of Coal Utilisation Mining Geology
Bulk Materials Handling Systems I
Bulk Materials Handling Systems II Conveying of Bulk Solids
ELECTRICAL and COMPUTER ENGINEERING SUBJECTS
530144
530107
530105
530148
530142
530149
530145
530124
530120
530146
530129
530143
530141
530117
530136
530147
530125
530121
530135
530139
530161
530111
530137
530138
530140
EE513
EE516
EE517
EE525
EE526
EE527
EE541
EE542
EE543
EE545
EE547
EE551
EE562
EE563
EE564
EE566
EE567
EE568
EE580
Power Systems Analysis and Operation
Advanced Power Systems Variable Speed Drive Systems
Microprogrammed and Microprocessor Systems Advanced Digital Systems
VLSI and Design Automation
Advanced Digital Signal Processing Systems Theory Optimization Techniques Advanced Communication Systems Digital Communications Electromagnetic Propagation and Antennas Topics in Swi[ching Theory Computer Operating Systems
Compiler Construction Automata Theory Computer Process Control
Advanced Computer Architecture Project - 2 units
EE5SO Project - 3 units EE580 Project - 4 units
EE590 Seminar EE591 Seminar
EE592 Seminar
EE593 Seminar
SECTION NINE MASTER OF ENGINEERING SCIENCE SUBJECT COMPUTER NUMBERS
530150
530151
530162
EE641
EE642
EE661
Adaptive Control
Estimation and System Identification Computer Networks
MECHANICAL and INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING SUBJECTS
540137 ME503 Design of Experiments for Engineering Research
540143
540144
540145
540146
540147
540148
540149
540154
540190
540156
540157
540131
540158
540159
540161
540163
540164
540165
540166
540167
540168
540169
540177
540178
540179
540183
540189
540176
540184
ME505
ME507
ME509
ME510
ME514
ME519
ME520
ME521
ME522
ME545
ME553
ME554
ME573
ME574
ME582
ME583
ME584
ME585
ME587
ME588
ME589
ME609
ME610
ME621
Advanced Numerical Programming Environmental Engineering
Introduction to Noise Pollution Control
Advanced Design Concepts I
Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing
Bulk Materials Handling Systems I
Bulk Materials Handling Systems II Conveying of Bulk Solids Maitenance Engineering
Mechanics of Solids ill
Fluid Mechanics III Computation of Fluid Flows and Heat Transfer
Thennodynamics ill
Heat Tmnsfer II
Industrial Computations Production Scheduling
Engineering Economics II Numerical Control and Computer Aided Manufacturing
Operations ResearchFundamental Techniques Operations ResearchPlanning, Inventory Control and Management Simulation Vibration and Noise Problems in Industry
Advanced Design Concepts II
Materials Handling and Transportation Systems
ME653 Turbulent Flows
ME654 Computation of Fluid Flow and Heat Tmnsfer
ME684 Project - 2units ME685 Advanced Operations Research
ME687 Modelling of Management Problems
540185
540186
540187
540188
540191
ME688
ME697
ME698
ME699
ME682
Probabilistic Models in Operations Research
Project/Serninar - 2 units Project/Seminar - 3 units Project/Seminar - 4 units Industrial Law
115
IL- 50 'KlO 150 200 250 ... ~ --~--:;:;;;';
__ ~ ... ..-:~~ C~"! ~ , ....,.. • .>" .. a'~'''' ..... t..>
(" ('. :",,:;J \~~;, t~;(';2~ 'd t~ a I):: J.~.)./~.$<.j G'~' " ... ,,/.}, . ".., I ... ",., ... ,"l ...... /,';i; ~(' ,~..:. .. l1
~ ~~~ J:::....::~!JJ ~J.~~J? !:' {j ~Lj· .. ~~ E. .. , e'~ e"'), .... · .
C':(..~ .
THE UNIVERSITY OF NEWCASTLE CAMPUS MAP
SITE GUIDE by BUILDING NUMBER
A McMullin Administration· Arts Swdent Services - Cashier Computing Cenlre - EEO Community Programmes
AN Central Animal House A S Central Animal Store B Lecture Theatre B01 C Geology C B Commonwealth Bank C C Child Care Centre (Kintaibo) CG Central Garage o Physics E Lecture Theatre E01 E A Engineering Administration E B Chemical & Materials
Engineering E C Mechanical Engineering E 0 Civil Engineering &
Surveying E E Electrical & Computer
Engineering E F Engineering Classrooms EG Bulk Solids Engineering E S Engineering Science G Chemistry G H Great Hall H Basden Theatre HOI I Medical Sciences Lecture
Theatre K202 J Biological Sciences K Medical Sciences L Auchmuty Library M Chemical & Materials
Engineering N Architecture P Drama Theatre Q Drama Studio R Social Sciences
Geography - DIama
Social Sciences Commerce - Economics Law - Management
SB Post Office S C Auchmuty Sports Centre S H Starr Honse S P Sports Pavilion
Squash Courts - Oval No.2 T A Tunra Annexe T B Temporary Buildings
Careers & Student Employment Chaplains - Sport & Recreation Student Accommodation
T C Tennis Courts T H The Hunter Technology
Development Centre U Union V Mathematics
Computer Science - Statistics Radio station 2NUR-FM
W Behavioural Sciences Education - Psychology Sociology
EDWARDS HALL Administration & Dining H A Burnett House H B Callaghan House HZ Convocation House HX Cutler House H C Friends House H F House "S" WR Wardens Residence W R
I I
'" ... -.../1
I I ,
, I
r-------
ALPHABETICAL LOCATION GUIDE
Administration in McMullin Animal House-Central Arts in McMullin Architecture Basden Theatre HOI Behavioural Sciences Biological Sciences B01 Lecture Theatre Bulk Solids Engineering Careers & Student Employment in Temporary Buildings Cashier in McMullin Central Garage
A AN A N H W J B EG
TB A CG
Materials Engineering in Chemical & Materials Engineeting M Chemistry G Cbaplains in Temporary Buildings Chemical & Materials Engineering Child Care Centre (Kin taiba) Civil Engineering & )urveying Commerce in Social Sciences Commonwealth Bank Community Programmes in McMullin Computer Science in Mathematics Computing Centre in McMullin Drama in Social Sciences Drama Studio Drama Theatre Economics in Social Sciences Education in Behavioural Sciences EEO in McMullin
TB
EB CC
ED S CB
A
v
A R Q p S
W A
- ---------"\
I I
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ,
/ I ,-
,/
,-,'-
,,-,,-',-
Electrical & Computer Engineering
, ,>
Engineering Administration Engineering Classrooms Engineering Science E01 Lecture Theatre Geography in Social Sciences Geology Great Han K202 Medical Sciences Lecture Theatre Law in Social Sciences Library-Auchmuty McMullin Management in Social Sciences Mathematics Mechanical Engineering Medical Sciences Physics Post Office Psycbology in Social Sciences Radio Station 2NUR-FM in Mathematics Sociology in Social Sciences Sports Centre-Auchmuty Sports Pavilion Sport & Recreation in Temporary Buildings Squash Courts in Sports Psvilion Staff House Statistics in Mathematics Student Accommodation in Temporary Buildings Student Services in McMullin The Hunter Technology Development Centre Temporary Buildings Tennis Courts Tunra Annen Union
INDEX
EE EA EF ES E R C GH
I S L A S V EC K D S8 W
V W SC SP
TB
SP SH V
TB
A
TH TB TC TA U
Top Related